 Blog For Free!
Archives
Home
2005 January
2004 December
2004 November
2004 October
2004 September
2004 August
2004 July
2004 June
2004 May
2004 April
2004 March
2004 February
2004 January
My Links
Guerrilla News
MoveOn.Org
The Nation
Winston Smith's Daily Journal
Sam Adams' CounterPoint
tBlog
My Profile
Send tMail
My tFriends
My Images
Sponsored
Blog
|
| A MAN OF HIS WORD??? |
| 10.31.04 (12:45 pm) [edit] |
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| This Election Represents A National I.Q. Test for America (Are You Stupid or What?) |
| 10.31.04 (9:52 am) [edit] |
[b]Studies show Bush supporters are misled on Bush policies and the news. [/b]
Oh, you sweet, innocent, carefree citizens in non-swing states. You have no idea how much fun and slime you are missing.
In the swingers, wolves stalk us mercilessly (as the pro-wolf lobby points out indignantly, no one has ever been killed by wolves on U.S. soil, but try arguing that in the face of the relentless new TV ad campaign). Breaking news everywhere – 380 tons of high explosives in Iraq left unattended, stock market down to year's low, leading economic indicators down, more tragedy in Iraq, the Swift Boat Liars are back, more Halliburton scandal, George Tenet says the war in Iraq is "wrong" – it feels like you're dodging meteorites here in the Final Days.
Actually, the best evidence suggests we need to slow way down and go way back, because far from being able to take in anything new, it turns out many of our fellow citizens, especially Bush supporters, are stuck like bugs in amber in some early misperceptions that have never been cleared up.
It seems the majority of Bush supporters, according to recent polls, still believe Saddam Hussein had ties to al Qaeda and even to 9/11, and that the United States found weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. Many of you are asking how that could possibly be, since everybody knows ...
But everybody doesn't know. There it is. And if you are wondering why everybody doesn't know, you can either blame it on the media, always a shrewd move, or take notice that the administration is STILL spreading this same misinformation.
Both Donald Rumsfeld and Bush have publicly acknowledged there is no evidence of any links between Saddam Hussein and al Qaeda. However, as Dick Cheney campaigns, a standard part of his stump speech is the accusation that Saddam Hussein "had a relationship" with al Qaeda or "has long-established ties to al Qaeda." He makes this claim up to the present day. The 9/11 Commission, however, found that there was "no collaborative relationship" between the two.
Cheney, of course, also has never given up his touching faith that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, recently referring to a "nuclear" program that had in fact been abandoned shortly after the first Gulf War. Bush and Cheney misled the country into war using these two false premises, and it turns out an enormous number of our fellow citizens still believe both of them to be true. It's not because they're stupid, but because an administration they trust is still telling them both phony propositions are true.
Normally, when you get a situation like that – where people are simply not acknowledging reality – it is considered a cult, a form of groupthink based on irrational beliefs propagated by what is normally a charismatic leader. So those Kerry volunteers earnestly engaging Bush supporters on the latest outrage are way off base. They need to go all the way back to the Two Great Lies that got us into this: Many American soldiers marching into Iraq believed it was "payback for 9/11."
A third slightly blinding fact (to me) is that more people now think Kerry behaved shamefully in regards to Vietnam than did W. Bush. Incredible what brazen lying will do, isn't it?
A friend of Bush's dad got him into the "champagne unit" of the Texas Air National Guard, a unit packed with the sons of the privileged trying to stay out of Vietnam, and he failed to complete his service there. Kerry is a genuine, bona fide war hero. The men who served on his boat are supporting him for president, but those who didn't serve with him, who weren't there, who don't know what happened, have been given more credence. Wolves will get you!
In further unhappy evidence of how ill-informed the American people are (blame the media), the Program on International Policy Attitudes found Bush supporters consistently ill-informed about Bush's stands on the issues (Kerry-ans, by contrast, are overwhelmingly right about his positions). Eighty-seven percent of Bush supporters think he favors putting labor and environmental standards into international trade agreements. Eighty percent of Bush supporters believe Bush wants to participate in the treaty banning landmines. Seventy-six percent of Bush supporters believe Bush wants to participate in the treaty banning nuclear weapons testing. Sixty-two percent believe Bush would participate in the International Criminal Court. Sixty-one percent believe Bush wants to participate in the Kyoto Treaty on global warming. Fifty-three percent does not believe Bush is building a missile defense system, a.k.a. "Star Wars."
The only two Bush stands the majority of his supporters got right were on increasing defense spending and who should write the new Iraqi constitution.
Kerry supporters, by contrast, know their man on seven out of eight issues, with only 43 percent understanding he wants to keep defense spending the same but change how the money is spent, and 57 percent believing he wants to up it.
So what's going on here? I do not think Kerry people are smarter than Bush people, so why are they better-informed? Maybe a small percentage of ideological right wingers don't believe anything the Establishment media say, but I don't think this is a matter of not believing what they hear, but of not hearing what's factual.
The great triumph of the political right in this country has been the creation of a network of alternative media. There are people who listen to Rush Limbaugh for more hours every day than the Branch Davidians listened to David Koresh. Watch Fox News, read The Washington Times – hey, that's what the Bush administration does, according to its own words.
But it's not just the right wing media purveying lies – they are quoting the administration. These misimpressions come directly from the Bush administration, still, over and over. - http://www.alternet.org/elect...
|
|
|
| |
| The Most Under-Reported Stories of the Week ... Corporate-Owned Media Cover-up for Bush |
| 10.31.04 (9:43 am) [edit] |
[b][u]UNDER THE RADAR[/u][/b]
[b]LEGAL – IRS GOES AFTER NAACP:[/b] President Bush may be avoiding the NAACP, but the Internal Revenue Service isn't. The Washington Post reports the IRS "has threatened to revoke the NAACP's tax-exempt status because the civil rights group's chairman, Julian Bond, 'condemned the administration policies of George W. Bush' during a speech this summer." In that speech, Bond criticized the president's "divisive" policies on education, civil rights and the Iraq war, and chided him for becoming "the first sitting president since Warren G. Harding not to address the NAACP." Frances Hill, an authority on non-profit groups at the University of Miami Law School, called it "amazing" that the IRS would audit a group based on a public speech. "Usually you would look for some activity other than disagreeing with policies," she said.
[b]SCIENCE – STEM CELL:[/b] President Bush has said he hopes the stem cell lines he has approved will help "discover cures," but two new studies indicate the available lines may be largely ineffectual. According to one report, all the embryonic stem cells available to federally funded scientists under Bush's three-year-old research policy "share a previously unrecognized trait that fosters rejection by the immune systems, diminishing their potential as medical treatments. A second study has concluded that at least a quarter of the Bush-approved cell colonies are so difficult to keep alive they have little potential even as research tools." Stem cell research proponents "said yesterday that the findings strengthen the case for letting federally funded researchers work on newer stem cell colonies," an option the president has rejected.
[b]CAMPAIGN – BUSH CAMPAIGN CROPS AD, INVENTS TROOPS:[/b] Vice President Cheney says John Kerry will "say and do anything to get elected," but it is the Bush campaign which has come under fire for doctoring a photograph used in a television commercial to make it look like there were more soldiers in a crowd cheering for the president. Aides now admit that "A group of soldiers in the crowd was electronically copied to fill in the space where the president and the podium had been." As usual, senior campaign officials declined responsibility for the move, blaming it on an anonymous "video editor."
[b]ECONOMY – UNEMPLOYMENT CLAIMS JUMP UP:[/b] According to Labor Department data, "The number of Americans filing new claims for unemployment benefits rose last week by 20,000, the largest jump in a month. The bigger-than-expected increase pushed total new claims to 350,000 last week and provided fresh evidence that the labor market is still under pressure even though the economic recovery is about to celebrate its third anniversary." There are "821,000 fewer people on payrolls than when Bush took office in January 2001."
[b]HOMELAND SECURITY – A TOY STORY:[/b] Wondering what the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has been up to these days? Well, Pufferbelly Toys owner Stephanie Cox could catch you up: six weeks ago, she was visited by two DHS agents at her small store just north of Portland. "The lead agent asked Cox whether she carried a toy called the Magic Cube, which he said was an illegal copy of the Rubik's Cube, one of the most popular toys of all time. He told her to remove the Magic Cube from her shelves, and he watched to make sure she complied." As DHS says, "obviously trademark infringement does have significant economic implications." Nevertheless, six weeks later Cox told The Oregonian "she is still bewildered by the experience. 'Aren't there any terrorists out there?' she said."
[b]HEALTH CARE – AMERICANS PAY MORE FOR DRUGS:[/b] According to a report issued Thursday, "Americans on average paid 81 percent more for patented brand-name drugs last year than buyers in Canada and six western European countries. That gap represents a significant increase from 2000, when the cost differential between the United States and the seven other countries was 60 percent." The cost difference results mostly from America's policy of allowing pharmaceutical companies to freely set their prices. "Other countries impose cost controls, such as negotiated price levels and profit limits." The president's Medicare reform law, "which provides a drug benefit starting in 2006, specifically prohibits negotiating drug prices" and drug importation from cheaper markets. Some states are nevertheless pushing forward with importation.
[b]FASHION – BATTLE OF THE BULGE:[/b] NASA scientists, apparently with some free time on their hands after funding was cut for the administration's ambitious Mars exploration program, have taken aim at the president's bulge. According to Salon, senior NASA scientist Dr. Robert M. Nelson has spent the past week at his home analyzing images of the mysterious bulge in the president's back during the debates. Bush has joked he must have had a poorly tailored suit. Not so, Nelson says. "I am willing to stake my scientific reputation to the statement that Bush was wearing something under his jacket during the debate," he said. Nelson stressed he's "not certain" what it is, but "that it could be some type of electronic device – it's consistent with the appearance of an electronic device worn in that manner."
[b]FOR LINKS, CLICK ON[/b] http://www.americanprogressac...
|
|
|
| |
| The Most Under-Reported Stories of the Week ... Corporate-Owned Media Cover-up for Bush |
| 10.31.04 (9:35 am) [edit] |
[b][u]UNDER THE RADAR[/u][/b]
[b]LEGAL – IRS GOES AFTER NAACP:[/b] President Bush may be avoiding the NAACP, but the Internal Revenue Service isn't. The Washington Post reports the IRS "has threatened to revoke the NAACP's tax-exempt status because the civil rights group's chairman, Julian Bond, 'condemned the administration policies of George W. Bush' during a speech this summer." In that speech, Bond criticized the president's "divisive" policies on education, civil rights and the Iraq war, and chided him for becoming "the first sitting president since Warren G. Harding not to address the NAACP." Frances Hill, an authority on non-profit groups at the University of Miami Law School, called it "amazing" that the IRS would audit a group based on a public speech. "Usually you would look for some activity other than disagreeing with policies," she said.
[b]SCIENCE – STEM CELL:[/b] President Bush has said he hopes the stem cell lines he has approved will help "discover cures," but two new studies indicate the available lines may be largely ineffectual. According to one report, all the embryonic stem cells available to federally funded scientists under Bush's three-year-old research policy "share a previously unrecognized trait that fosters rejection by the immune systems, diminishing their potential as medical treatments. A second study has concluded that at least a quarter of the Bush-approved cell colonies are so difficult to keep alive they have little potential even as research tools." Stem cell research proponents "said yesterday that the findings strengthen the case for letting federally funded researchers work on newer stem cell colonies," an option the president has rejected.
[b]CAMPAIGN – BUSH CAMPAIGN CROPS AD, INVENTS TROOPS:[/b] Vice President Cheney says John Kerry will "say and do anything to get elected," but it is the Bush campaign which has come under fire for doctoring a photograph used in a television commercial to make it look like there were more soldiers in a crowd cheering for the president. Aides now admit that "A group of soldiers in the crowd was electronically copied to fill in the space where the president and the podium had been." As usual, senior campaign officials declined responsibility for the move, blaming it on an anonymous "video editor."
[b]ECONOMY – UNEMPLOYMENT CLAIMS JUMP UP:[/b] According to Labor Department data, "The number of Americans filing new claims for unemployment benefits rose last week by 20,000, the largest jump in a month. The bigger-than-expected increase pushed total new claims to 350,000 last week and provided fresh evidence that the labor market is still under pressure even though the economic recovery is about to celebrate its third anniversary." There are "821,000 fewer people on payrolls than when Bush took office in January 2001."
[b]HOMELAND SECURITY – A TOY STORY:[/b] Wondering what the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has been up to these days? Well, Pufferbelly Toys owner Stephanie Cox could catch you up: six weeks ago, she was visited by two DHS agents at her small store just north of Portland. "The lead agent asked Cox whether she carried a toy called the Magic Cube, which he said was an illegal copy of the Rubik's Cube, one of the most popular toys of all time. He told her to remove the Magic Cube from her shelves, and he watched to make sure she complied." As DHS says, "obviously trademark infringement does have significant economic implications." Nevertheless, six weeks later Cox told The Oregonian "she is still bewildered by the experience. 'Aren't there any terrorists out there?' she said."
[b]HEALTH CARE – AMERICANS PAY MORE FOR DRUGS:[/b] According to a report issued Thursday, "Americans on average paid 81 percent more for patented brand-name drugs last year than buyers in Canada and six western European countries. That gap represents a significant increase from 2000, when the cost differential between the United States and the seven other countries was 60 percent." The cost difference results mostly from America's policy of allowing pharmaceutical companies to freely set their prices. "Other countries impose cost controls, such as negotiated price levels and profit limits." The president's Medicare reform law, "which provides a drug benefit starting in 2006, specifically prohibits negotiating drug prices" and drug importation from cheaper markets. Some states are nevertheless pushing forward with importation.
[b]FASHION – BATTLE OF THE BULGE:[/b] NASA scientists, apparently with some free time on their hands after funding was cut for the administration's ambitious Mars exploration program, have taken aim at the president's bulge. According to Salon, senior NASA scientist Dr. Robert M. Nelson has spent the past week at his home analyzing images of the mysterious bulge in the president's back during the debates. Bush has joked he must have had a poorly tailored suit. Not so, Nelson says. "I am willing to stake my scientific reputation to the statement that Bush was wearing something under his jacket during the debate," he said. Nelson stressed he's "not certain" what it is, but "that it could be some type of electronic device – it's consistent with the appearance of an electronic device worn in that manner."
[b]FOR LINKS, CLICK ON[/b] http://www.americanprogressac...
|
|
|
| |
| ... The Bush Regime’s Fascist FY2005 Budget for the Environment: Putting Our Future at Risk |
| 10.31.04 (7:26 am) [edit] |
The Bush administration FY2005 budget released on Monday, Feb. 2, cuts spending on environmental projects by $1.9 billion compared with FY2004 spending, according to an analysis by several environmental groups.
President Bush’s proposed budget for fiscal year 2005 once again launches an assault on environmental protection in this country under the guise of fiscal constraints. The reality is that environmental activities are often singled out for disproportional reductions relative to other domestic programs, putting the nation’s air, land and water at risk. At best, the budget mirrors the President’s neglect of the environment demonstrated in his State of the Union Address, revealing a disturbing lack of solutions for our ongoing environmental challenges.
Although changes in funding vary greatly from one environmental program to another, certain broad trends have emerged from the Bush budget. First, the administration has persistently sought to hide the true effect of its budget cuts through a sideshow of shell games, sleights-of-hand, and other deceptive gimmicks. Second, the administration has repeatedly undermined the use of science in decision making, placing it in the service of politics. Finally, and most distressingly, it has greatly enlarged the environmental deficit that we are leaving to our children.
[b]Here’s a quick look inside the numbers[/b]:
· Total spending on environmental programs is slated for a $1.9 billion reduction (-5.9 percent) compared to FY 2004, falling from $32.2 billion to $30.3 billion. However, the cuts do not stop there; the environment takes another whack in the President’s long-term budget plan, dropping to only $29.6 billion in FY 2006, with significant additional cuts falling on land conservation efforts.
· The real funding impact is even greater when comparing the budget proposal to the amount of money needed in FY 2005 to keep government activities at the same level as in FY 2004 (taking inflation and other changing expenses into account). Then the shortfall rises to $3.2 billion, a drop of a full 10 percent below current levels. Over the long-run inflation places huge tax on available resources -- by FY 2009 the gap between current levels and those proposed by the administration widens to $7.0 billion, a loss of nearly a fifth of today’s purchasing power.
· Funding for the Environmental Protection Agency would fall by over $600 million dollars with the biggest impacts falling on water quality and science and technology programs. Land conservation would fall far short of current needs, with the greatest deficiencies occurring in land acquisition, wildlife protection, and parks funding. Certain critical clean energy programs would also be slashed, such as federal R&D into energy efficiency and solar energy, while unjustified subsidies to polluters continue.
The following summary illustrates some of the most significant environmental cuts proposed in the Bush budget by agency.
([b]Please Note:[/b] This document is a compilation of views from several different environmental organizations. However, not all of the organizations work on all of the issues contained in this document. Therefore, the organizations that contributed to this document do not necessarily have views on all of the programs discussed in it.)
[b]Environmental Protection Agency Under Attack[/b] The Environmental Protection Agency is a principal victim of the Bush Administration’s budget cutting hatchet. The budget’s overall funding request for FY 2005 ($7.76 billion) is down 7.2 percent from FY 2004 enacted levels ($8.37 billion) for the Agency, a cut in size second only to the Department of Agriculture. Although there would be slight increases for operating programs, diesel school buses, and Superfund cleanup, these positive changes are swamped by whopping cuts of $822 million in programs to protect water quality and of $93 million from EPA’s scientific research.
[b]Water, Water, Everywhere (Except in the Bush Budget!)[/b] The President’s budget has its largest cut in water quality infrastructure funding for reducing sources of pollution. This category includes a broad range of activities, including sewage plants, water purification facilities, and targeted pollution-prevention investments. The total investments drop from $2.6 billion to $1.8 billion, an $822 million dollar cut that represents more than 30 percent of the total for water infrastructure investments. When compared with the $450 BILLION in needs identified by EPA in the Clean Water and Drinking Water Infrastructure Gap Analysis of 2002, these cuts are difficult to justify.
The largest single reduction is in the Clean Water Act State Revolving Fund (CWASRF), which loans money to states to pay for sewage treatment plants. President Bush's budget for CWASRF would decline by $492 million, from $1.34 billion in FY 2004 to only $850 million in FY 2005. The Safe Drinking Water Act State Revolving Fund, which supports construction of drinking water purification facilities, receives a slight increase, from $845 million to $850 million -- still far below annual needs.
The President’s budget takes no responsibility for the growing national needs of communities to protect and restore their watersheds. On top of the cut to the CWASRF the budget also reduces the funding available to states and municipalities for improving stormwater systems and reducing pollution in the rivers and streams. The budget cuts nearly $30 million from the non-point source pollution control program (Sec 319 funding), which deals with pollution running off of farms, feedlots, parking areas, and other diffuse sources. This administration is ignoring its own research and denying federal responsibility for the hundreds of billions of dollars that are needed to update aging infrastructure in order to keep our streams and rivers clean and disease-free.
Although the Administration’s budget proposes increases for specific watersheds, such as the increases of $35 million for the Great Lakes and $10 million for the Chesapeake Bay, these increases are dwarfed by the huge cuts in overall water quality funding levels for these places.
[b]Research Takes a Hit [/b] Although the Bush Administration frequently talks about basing policy on “sound science,” it is requesting significant cuts to EPA’s Science and Technology accounts. The cuts, totaling $93 million, represent close to a 12 percent cut from FY 2004. According to the Administration, the cuts will include reductions in air, water, and toxics research. Specific programs targets include research into the effects of chemicals known as endocrine disruptors, (down almost $5 million) “pesticides and toxics,” (down $7.7 million from the 2004 budget) and “human health and ecosystems,” (down $13 million from the 2004 budget).
[b]Superfund: Polluters Make the Mess, Taxpayers Pay for Cleanup[/b] The Superfund program was based on the principle that polluting companies should be held accountable for the messes they make. President Bush’s budget, while proposing a slight increase of $124 million above the FY 2004 budget for Superfund cleanup, effectively abandons the “polluter pays” principle by failing to call for reinstatement of the Superfund fees to pay for the program.
While Superfund would grow under the President's budget from $1.257 billion in FY 2004 to $1.38 billion in FY 2005, the taxpayer would pick up the entire tab through general revenues, since Superfund's trust fund was bankrupt as of the beginning of FY 2004, according to the General Accounting Office. Since Superfund's dedicated funding source (the trust fund) is no longer viable, the program draws money away from all other EPA programs for funding. The net result is that taxpayers are forced to foot the bill for the three out of ten Superfund cleanups where there is no responsible party, and EPA has no choice but to slow down toxic cleanups at other sites.
[b]Natural Resources: Out of Touch with American Conservation Values[/b] In good times and bad, America has always invested in the places and wildlife that make our country special. This budget, however, steps sharply away from that longstanding conservation tradition. Token increases in a few, politically-charged locations cannot hide its fundamental shortfalls in conservation of America's natural resources.
[b]Healthy Forests? Where?[/b] The President’s Budget requests $475 million for the Healthy Forests Restoration Act, almost 40 percent short of the congressionally-authorize d level. Given the Administration’s arguments that the program is critical to protecting homes and communities from wildfires, such a dramatic shortfall is surprising. At the same time, the budget increases timber industry subsidies, cuts State and Private Forestry by 23 percent ($42 million), and neglects other vitally important conservation and restoration programs for our national forests, including: Recreation, Heritage, and Wilderness; Wildlife and Fisheries Habitat Management; and Law Enforcement Operations.
[b]Gutting the Land and Water Conservation Fund: There They Go Again[/b] Land conservation funding suffers from familiar budget smoke and mirrors. Once again, the Administration claims to fully fund the Land and Water Conservation (LWCF) at $900 million, while actually providing only one-third of the money promised. LWCF has for decades been our nation's premiere tool to create and preserve parks, forests, wildlife refuges and open space, and to ensure Americans can enjoy them. It is so popular that, during the 2000 campaign, President Bush promised to fully fund LWCF. But his 2005 budget provides only $314 million for LWCF's real programs -- $220 million for federal land acquisition, and $96 million for stateside assistance grants. Just as the Administration did last year, it then tries to disguise the shortfall by arbitrarily declaring more than a dozen other, ongoing programs to be part of the LWCF. National treasures from the Everglades to our neighborhood parks will suffer from the resulting net loss in funds for expanding and consolidating parks, refuges and forests.
[b]National Parks: Numbers Don't Add Up[/b] The Administration has only provided 7 percent of the new $4.9 billion the President pledged, in 2000, to eliminate the maintenance backlog in the National Parks. Since taking office, the Bush Administration has only increased funding to address the maintenance backlog by approximately $350 million. They continue to insist that they are on track to meet the pledge, but those claims simply do not add up. As a result of the continued shortfalls, the public is losing access to American treasures like the Statue of Liberty, which has been closed for over 2 years.
[b]Fish and Wildlife Service: Shell Games Shortchanging the Future[/b] The Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), with its important mission of preserving the unique wildlife and plant species found in America, receives a few small increases; but these cannot hide the budget’s overall neglect of our valuable and vulnerable national resources. Two of the most important operating programs in the FWS -- Endangered Species and National Wildlife Refuges -- are seeing real or effective cuts. For example, the Administration is proposing a $9.8 million reduction from the current $68 million endangered species recovery budget, taking it below its $60 million level of three years ago – when President Bush took office. Some critically important wildlife-related grant programs – such as State Wildlife Grants and the Cooperative Endangered Species Fund – do receive needed increases -- but that does not make up for shortchanging the agency’s operating accounts.
[b]Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund: Industry Giveaways[/b] Congress created the Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund in 1977, requiring coal companies to pay a fee into a trust fund aimed at cleaning up abandoned mine sites. Since then the program has suffered from chronic underfunding, even though more than 7,000 mines abandoned before 1977 haven’t been cleaned up. The administration has touted an increase in funding for the program, but a closer look shows that the additional $53 million that the budget promises would pay off “certified” states such as Wyoming that have already completed reclamation of their mines. And while the budget correctly proposes to reauthorize the AML fund, the administration’s legislative proposal includes outrageous giveaways to the coal industry. It would reduce the fee paid by coal companies by 20 percent, shortchanging the fund by nearly $800 million over the next 14 years. And it would allow coal companies to use AML funds to purchase reclamation bonds, subsidizing the industry’s cost of doing business.
[b]It Didn’t Have to be This Way: Abandoning the Conservation Trust Fund[/b] This legacy of funding shortfalls and shell games didn't have to happen. In 2000, a bipartisan Congress enacted a roughly $2 billion-per-year conservation funding mechanism called the Conservation Trust Fund, designed to ensure that, in good times and in bad, the country always had enough money to meet our most important conservation, recreation, wildlife and preservation needs. But this budget abandons the Conservation Trust Fund, with the result that, across the nation, our parks, forests, wild lands and wildlife will suffer.
[b]Other Natural Resource Needs: Agricultural Conservation Funding[/b] The budget fails to live up to the promises of the 2002 Farm Bill by reducing funding for key agricultural conservation programs, including the Wildlife Habitat Incentives Program and the landmark Conservation Security Program. The budget also would cut in half the $23 million in mandatory funds that the Farm Bill provided for the Renewable Energy System and Energy Efficiency Improvements program, which provides grants, loans, and loan guarantees to farmers, ranchers, and rural small businesses.
[b]Arctic Drilling Again: Don't They Ever Listen?[/b] By assuming speculative revenues from oil drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, the budget shows itself to be out of touch with political and economic reality. In a cynical political move carried over from last year, the Administration’s proposal claims to earmark some of the revenues from Arctic drilling for research into alternative, renewable sources of energy. Such cynical schemes ignore the fact that every recent poll has shown the American people don’t want drilling in the Arctic Refuge, and turn a blind eye to the political reality that the US Senate has rejected Arctic drilling twice since 2001. Assuming in the federal budget revenues at such highly optimistic prices, from an activity that is illegal under current law, seems to be the height of fiscal irresponsibility.
[b]Remember the Blue Planet – Ocean and Coastal Funding[/b] The United States controls the largest expanse of ocean of any nation in the world. Our oceans span 4.5 million square miles, an area 23 percent larger than the land area of the nation. And yet, two days after the federal budget was released, we know more about future spending for Mars exploration than we do for ocean protection on Earth, the “blue planet.” The Administration has still not released its official budget request for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Here is some of what we do know:
[b]National Ocean Service: Less Service[/b] The National Ocean Service (NOS) is the primary federal agency working to protect and manage America's coastal waters and habitats. President Bush's budget request for FY 2005 proposes a debilitating cut of $215 million (35 percent) from 2004 enacted levels. Critical NOS programs and activities include research into harmful algal blooms, oil spill damage assessments, coastal zone management grants, national marine sanctuaries, and estuary research and conservation. A 35 percent reduction in these activities will jeopardize all Americans who use our beaches and coastal waters for swimming, boating, fishing and other recreation.
[b]National Marine Fisheries Service: Need More Eyes on the Ocean[/b] Recent scientific reports conclude that too many of our nation’s fisheries are on the brink of collapse. Sixty-five percent of our fish populations that are already depleted continue to be overfished. Unsustainable fishing practices that cause wasteful bycatch and habitat destruction continue to harm oceans. Funding to improve data collection, protect and restore fish habitats, minimize bycatch, end overfishing, protect at-risk sea life, and enforce regulations is desperately needed to bring oceans and coastal communities back to health. However, the Bush budget request calls for a $22 million decrease (3 percent) for the agency’s fisheries and protected species activities in FY 2005.
[b]Pacific Salmon: Return to the Wild[/b] Pacific Northwest salmon are a vital part of that region’s struggling economy and an important part of our nation’s history and commitment to the native peoples of this land. While the Administration touts modest increases in salmon funding, the truth is that salmon runs in the Pacific Northwest continue to decline. The Bush Administration budget requests a four percent decrease in spending for the once world-renowned salmon of the Columbia and Snake River basin – an amount that is at least a 40 percent shortfall from what federal agencies charged with the protection and restoration of these species indicate is necessary to implement the current salmon plan.
President Bush's budget proposes $100 million for assistance to states, tribes, and local governments to protect salmon runs through the Pacific Salmon Recovery Fund. This is a $10 million increase above fiscal year 2004 enacted levels. However, in FY 2002, Pacific states received $110 million from the recovery fund.
[b]Coastal Conservation Trust Fund: Out of Sight, Out of Mind[/b] Bush's budget proposal completely ignores the mandate to fully fund the coastal portion of the Conservation Trust Fund, which was established in October 2000 under the Land Conservation, Preservation, and Infrastructure Improvement Fund (P.L. 106-291). While the CSC should receive $560 million in dedicated funding in FY 2004, the president's request seems to ignore the dedicated levels and the existence of this fund.
[b]Cleaning Out Clean Energy Funds[/b] America deserves a clean, safe and affordable energy future, but the FY2005 budget promotes an unbalanced plan tilted toward polluting, dangerous sources of energy. It would cut core renewable energy programs, as well as programs that reduce commercial and residential energy use. At the same time that it shortchanges these worthwhile programs, the budget proposes either increasing or maintaining current levels of spending on nuclear power and coal research and development programs.
[b]Renewable Energy: More for the Distant Future, Less for Today[/b] The administration has proposed a minor increase to the overall renewable energy budget. However, this deceptive increase funds unproven new initiatives while cutting or flatlining proven, core renewable energy programs. The budget provides an additional $13 million (16 percent) for the president’s hydrogen initiative, whose benefits will take decades to materialize and which will generate hydrogen from coal and nuclear energy. At the same time, the budget shortchanges proven clean energy programs that provide us a clear path toward energy independence today. Most notably, it cuts solar energy programs by more than $3 million (4 percent) and biomass by $14 million (16 percent).
[b]Energy Efficiency[/b] Despite an increase for low-income weatherization, the budget would cut overall energy efficiency and conservation by more than $2 million. The core energy efficiency line items for building and industrial technologies would be cut by $1.5 million (3 percent) and $35 million (38 percent), respectively. These programs help reduce energy usage, saving money for homeowners, consumers and industry.
[b]Whopping Increases for “Clean Coal”[/b] The budget includes $447 million for the president’s Coal Research Initiative, a $69 million increase over 2004 levels. This includes a $109 million, or 60 percent, increase for the Clean Coal Power Initiative. This subsidy for the coal industry has already received more than $2 billion in taxpayer handouts, and the General Accounting Office has released seven reports documenting waste and mismanagement of the program.
[b]Nuclear Energy: New Reactors [/b] Overall, the budget increases funding for nuclear power by $4.7 million (1.2 percent). At first glance, its cuts to nuclear research and development line items appear to be a positive step. Upon closer look, however, the budget simply redirects funds from these programs, which supported existing nuclear power plants, into initiatives aimed at helping build a new generation of commercial nuclear reactors.
For example, the budget provides $30.5 million, a nearly $3 million increase above 2004, to the “Generation IV” initiative, which subsidizes the nuclear industry’s efforts to build the next generation of nuclear reactors. It also includes $166 million for the Idaho National Laboratory, an increase of $35 million over 2004 levels. The Department of Energy is expanding the INL, which will serve as the main lab researching the design of new nuclear power initiatives. Finally, the budget includes $46.2 million for the Advanced Fuel Cycle Initiative. This program would increase the threat of nuclear proliferation by reprocessing spent nuclear fuel, which separates out dangerous plutonium.
[b]DOE’s Environmental Management Budget: from Exhorting to Extorting[/b] Within a funding request of $7.4 billion for DOE's Environmental Management program, the administration is proposing to withhold $350 million from cleanup of high-level radioactive waste (HLW) in Washington, Idaho, South Carolina and New York due to “… pending litigation that has called into question the legal authority of the Department to determine which waste streams generated by reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel should be disposed of in a geologic repository.” This so-called uncertainty stems from the fact that DOE broke the law when it tried to reclassify millions of gallons of the most radioactive waste in the world as “incidental” so it could abandon it next to important water supplies. The Natural Resources Defense Council and others sued DOE over this issue and prevailed in federal court.
By openly threatening hundreds of millions of dollars necessary to clean up high-level radioactive waste, the administration hopes that it can pressure Congress to reverse the court decision as a condition of receiving funding. Congress and the impacted states should ignore this brazen attempt to extort concessions and direct DOE to clean up its radioactive wastes. This penny-wise and pound foolish proposal could eventually cost communities and taxpayers huge sums of money in monitoring, containment, and restoration expenses unless the waste is cleaned up right the first time.
[b]DOE National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA)[/b] The budget request continues the administration’s penchant for placing nuclear rearmament ahead of nuclear nonproliferation and arms reduction. Funding for nuclear Weapons Activities increases by $332 million above 2004 (5.1 percent) to $6.85 billion, and to a projected $7.8 billion in FY 2009 (20 percent over five years). In current dollars, this far exceeds the average Cold War spending level. Including the current budget, annual spending on nuclear warheads and bombs has increased by $1.9 billion (38 percent) over the final Clinton administration budget. Overall, the Bush administration plans to spend $37 billion developing and maintaining the nuclear weapons stockpile over the next five years, and another $4.1 billion on nuclear reactor development for the US Navy.
The budget also presses ahead with controversial programs for nuclear weapons Advanced Concepts, developmental testing of a Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator warhead, and detailed design-engineering of a proposed $2-4 billion Modern Pit Facility (MPF) to manufacture new plutonium components for nuclear weapons. In contrast, support for NNSA’s other primary mission, “Control of Weapons of Mass Destruction” in Russia and other countries, gets a paltry one percent increase to $1.4 billion. But even here there is less than meets the eye: more than 40 percent of the $1.4 billion “nonproliferation” request is for disposing of DOE’s own surplus weapon materials, including $368 million toward the construction of a multi-billion dollar plutonium mixed-oxide fuel plant that is not technically required to dispose of surplus weapons materials, and which itself represents an environmental and proliferation hazard and target for terrorist assault.
[b]Groups Involved: Defenders of Wildlife, The Wilderness Society, Oceana, The Sierra Club, National Parks Conservation Association, Natural Resources Defense Council, Friends of the Earth[/b] - http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
|
|
|
| |
| ... The Bush Regime’s Fascist FY2005 Budget for the Environment: Putting Our Future at Risk |
| 10.31.04 (7:25 am) [edit] |
The Bush administration FY2005 budget released on Monday, Feb. 2, cuts spending on environmental projects by $1.9 billion compared with FY2004 spending, according to an analysis by several environmental groups.
President Bush’s proposed budget for fiscal year 2005 once again launches an assault on environmental protection in this country under the guise of fiscal constraints. The reality is that environmental activities are often singled out for disproportional reductions relative to other domestic programs, putting the nation’s air, land and water at risk. At best, the budget mirrors the President’s neglect of the environment demonstrated in his State of the Union Address, revealing a disturbing lack of solutions for our ongoing environmental challenges.
Although changes in funding vary greatly from one environmental program to another, certain broad trends have emerged from the Bush budget. First, the administration has persistently sought to hide the true effect of its budget cuts through a sideshow of shell games, sleights-of-hand, and other deceptive gimmicks. Second, the administration has repeatedly undermined the use of science in decision making, placing it in the service of politics. Finally, and most distressingly, it has greatly enlarged the environmental deficit that we are leaving to our children.
[b]Here’s a quick look inside the numbers[/b]:
· Total spending on environmental programs is slated for a $1.9 billion reduction (-5.9 percent) compared to FY 2004, falling from $32.2 billion to $30.3 billion. However, the cuts do not stop there; the environment takes another whack in the President’s long-term budget plan, dropping to only $29.6 billion in FY 2006, with significant additional cuts falling on land conservation efforts.
· The real funding impact is even greater when comparing the budget proposal to the amount of money needed in FY 2005 to keep government activities at the same level as in FY 2004 (taking inflation and other changing expenses into account). Then the shortfall rises to $3.2 billion, a drop of a full 10 percent below current levels. Over the long-run inflation places huge tax on available resources -- by FY 2009 the gap between current levels and those proposed by the administration widens to $7.0 billion, a loss of nearly a fifth of today’s purchasing power.
· Funding for the Environmental Protection Agency would fall by over $600 million dollars with the biggest impacts falling on water quality and science and technology programs. Land conservation would fall far short of current needs, with the greatest deficiencies occurring in land acquisition, wildlife protection, and parks funding. Certain critical clean energy programs would also be slashed, such as federal R&D into energy efficiency and solar energy, while unjustified subsidies to polluters continue.
The following summary illustrates some of the most significant environmental cuts proposed in the Bush budget by agency.
([b]Please Note:[/b] This document is a compilation of views from several different environmental organizations. However, not all of the organizations work on all of the issues contained in this document. Therefore, the organizations that contributed to this document do not necessarily have views on all of the programs discussed in it.)
[b]Environmental Protection Agency Under Attack[/b] The Environmental Protection Agency is a principal victim of the Bush Administration’s budget cutting hatchet. The budget’s overall funding request for FY 2005 ($7.76 billion) is down 7.2 percent from FY 2004 enacted levels ($8.37 billion) for the Agency, a cut in size second only to the Department of Agriculture. Although there would be slight increases for operating programs, diesel school buses, and Superfund cleanup, these positive changes are swamped by whopping cuts of $822 million in programs to protect water quality and of $93 million from EPA’s scientific research.
[b]Water, Water, Everywhere (Except in the Bush Budget!)[/b] The President’s budget has its largest cut in water quality infrastructure funding for reducing sources of pollution. This category includes a broad range of activities, including sewage plants, water purification facilities, and targeted pollution-prevention investments. The total investments drop from $2.6 billion to $1.8 billion, an $822 million dollar cut that represents more than 30 percent of the total for water infrastructure investments. When compared with the $450 BILLION in needs identified by EPA in the Clean Water and Drinking Water Infrastructure Gap Analysis of 2002, these cuts are difficult to justify.
The largest single reduction is in the Clean Water Act State Revolving Fund (CWASRF), which loans money to states to pay for sewage treatment plants. President Bush's budget for CWASRF would decline by $492 million, from $1.34 billion in FY 2004 to only $850 million in FY 2005. The Safe Drinking Water Act State Revolving Fund, which supports construction of drinking water purification facilities, receives a slight increase, from $845 million to $850 million -- still far below annual needs.
The President’s budget takes no responsibility for the growing national needs of communities to protect and restore their watersheds. On top of the cut to the CWASRF the budget also reduces the funding available to states and municipalities for improving stormwater systems and reducing pollution in the rivers and streams. The budget cuts nearly $30 million from the non-point source pollution control program (Sec 319 funding), which deals with pollution running off of farms, feedlots, parking areas, and other diffuse sources. This administration is ignoring its own research and denying federal responsibility for the hundreds of billions of dollars that are needed to update aging infrastructure in order to keep our streams and rivers clean and disease-free.
Although the Administration’s budget proposes increases for specific watersheds, such as the increases of $35 million for the Great Lakes and $10 million for the Chesapeake Bay, these increases are dwarfed by the huge cuts in overall water quality funding levels for these places.
[b]Research Takes a Hit [/b] Although the Bush Administration frequently talks about basing policy on “sound science,” it is requesting significant cuts to EPA’s Science and Technology accounts. The cuts, totaling $93 million, represent close to a 12 percent cut from FY 2004. According to the Administration, the cuts will include reductions in air, water, and toxics research. Specific programs targets include research into the effects of chemicals known as endocrine disruptors, (down almost $5 million) “pesticides and toxics,” (down $7.7 million from the 2004 budget) and “human health and ecosystems,” (down $13 million from the 2004 budget).
[b]Superfund: Polluters Make the Mess, Taxpayers Pay for Cleanup[/b] The Superfund program was based on the principle that polluting companies should be held accountable for the messes they make. President Bush’s budget, while proposing a slight increase of $124 million above the FY 2004 budget for Superfund cleanup, effectively abandons the “polluter pays” principle by failing to call for reinstatement of the Superfund fees to pay for the program.
While Superfund would grow under the President's budget from $1.257 billion in FY 2004 to $1.38 billion in FY 2005, the taxpayer would pick up the entire tab through general revenues, since Superfund's trust fund was bankrupt as of the beginning of FY 2004, according to the General Accounting Office. Since Superfund's dedicated funding source (the trust fund) is no longer viable, the program draws money away from all other EPA programs for funding. The net result is that taxpayers are forced to foot the bill for the three out of ten Superfund cleanups where there is no responsible party, and EPA has no choice but to slow down toxic cleanups at other sites.
[b]Natural Resources: Out of Touch with American Conservation Values[/b] In good times and bad, America has always invested in the places and wildlife that make our country special. This budget, however, steps sharply away from that longstanding conservation tradition. Token increases in a few, politically-charged locations cannot hide its fundamental shortfalls in conservation of America's natural resources.
[b]Healthy Forests? Where?[/b] The President’s Budget requests $475 million for the Healthy Forests Restoration Act, almost 40 percent short of the congressionally-authorize d level. Given the Administration’s arguments that the program is critical to protecting homes and communities from wildfires, such a dramatic shortfall is surprising. At the same time, the budget increases timber industry subsidies, cuts State and Private Forestry by 23 percent ($42 million), and neglects other vitally important conservation and restoration programs for our national forests, including: Recreation, Heritage, and Wilderness; Wildlife and Fisheries Habitat Management; and Law Enforcement Operations.
[b]Gutting the Land and Water Conservation Fund: There They Go Again[/b] Land conservation funding suffers from familiar budget smoke and mirrors. Once again, the Administration claims to fully fund the Land and Water Conservation (LWCF) at $900 million, while actually providing only one-third of the money promised. LWCF has for decades been our nation's premiere tool to create and preserve parks, forests, wildlife refuges and open space, and to ensure Americans can enjoy them. It is so popular that, during the 2000 campaign, President Bush promised to fully fund LWCF. But his 2005 budget provides only $314 million for LWCF's real programs -- $220 million for federal land acquisition, and $96 million for stateside assistance grants. Just as the Administration did last year, it then tries to disguise the shortfall by arbitrarily declaring more than a dozen other, ongoing programs to be part of the LWCF. National treasures from the Everglades to our neighborhood parks will suffer from the resulting net loss in funds for expanding and consolidating parks, refuges and forests.
[b]National Parks: Numbers Don't Add Up[/b] The Administration has only provided 7 percent of the new $4.9 billion the President pledged, in 2000, to eliminate the maintenance backlog in the National Parks. Since taking office, the Bush Administration has only increased funding to address the maintenance backlog by approximately $350 million. They continue to insist that they are on track to meet the pledge, but those claims simply do not add up. As a result of the continued shortfalls, the public is losing access to American treasures like the Statue of Liberty, which has been closed for over 2 years.
[b]Fish and Wildlife Service: Shell Games Shortchanging the Future[/b] The Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), with its important mission of preserving the unique wildlife and plant species found in America, receives a few small increases; but these cannot hide the budget’s overall neglect of our valuable and vulnerable national resources. Two of the most important operating programs in the FWS -- Endangered Species and National Wildlife Refuges -- are seeing real or effective cuts. For example, the Administration is proposing a $9.8 million reduction from the current $68 million endangered species recovery budget, taking it below its $60 million level of three years ago – when President Bush took office. Some critically important wildlife-related grant programs – such as State Wildlife Grants and the Cooperative Endangered Species Fund – do receive needed increases -- but that does not make up for shortchanging the agency’s operating accounts.
[b]Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund: Industry Giveaways[/b] Congress created the Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund in 1977, requiring coal companies to pay a fee into a trust fund aimed at cleaning up abandoned mine sites. Since then the program has suffered from chronic underfunding, even though more than 7,000 mines abandoned before 1977 haven’t been cleaned up. The administration has touted an increase in funding for the program, but a closer look shows that the additional $53 million that the budget promises would pay off “certified” states such as Wyoming that have already completed reclamation of their mines. And while the budget correctly proposes to reauthorize the AML fund, the administration’s legislative proposal includes outrageous giveaways to the coal industry. It would reduce the fee paid by coal companies by 20 percent, shortchanging the fund by nearly $800 million over the next 14 years. And it would allow coal companies to use AML funds to purchase reclamation bonds, subsidizing the industry’s cost of doing business.
[b]It Didn’t Have to be This Way: Abandoning the Conservation Trust Fund[/b] This legacy of funding shortfalls and shell games didn't have to happen. In 2000, a bipartisan Congress enacted a roughly $2 billion-per-year conservation funding mechanism called the Conservation Trust Fund, designed to ensure that, in good times and in bad, the country always had enough money to meet our most important conservation, recreation, wildlife and preservation needs. But this budget abandons the Conservation Trust Fund, with the result that, across the nation, our parks, forests, wild lands and wildlife will suffer.
[b]Other Natural Resource Needs: Agricultural Conservation Funding[/b] The budget fails to live up to the promises of the 2002 Farm Bill by reducing funding for key agricultural conservation programs, including the Wildlife Habitat Incentives Program and the landmark Conservation Security Program. The budget also would cut in half the $23 million in mandatory funds that the Farm Bill provided for the Renewable Energy System and Energy Efficiency Improvements program, which provides grants, loans, and loan guarantees to farmers, ranchers, and rural small businesses.
[b]Arctic Drilling Again: Don't They Ever Listen?[/b] By assuming speculative revenues from oil drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, the budget shows itself to be out of touch with political and economic reality. In a cynical political move carried over from last year, the Administration’s proposal claims to earmark some of the revenues from Arctic drilling for research into alternative, renewable sources of energy. Such cynical schemes ignore the fact that every recent poll has shown the American people don’t want drilling in the Arctic Refuge, and turn a blind eye to the political reality that the US Senate has rejected Arctic drilling twice since 2001. Assuming in the federal budget revenues at such highly optimistic prices, from an activity that is illegal under current law, seems to be the height of fiscal irresponsibility.
[b]Remember the Blue Planet – Ocean and Coastal Funding[/b] The United States controls the largest expanse of ocean of any nation in the world. Our oceans span 4.5 million square miles, an area 23 percent larger than the land area of the nation. And yet, two days after the federal budget was released, we know more about future spending for Mars exploration than we do for ocean protection on Earth, the “blue planet.” The Administration has still not released its official budget request for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Here is some of what we do know:
[b]National Ocean Service: Less Service[/b] The National Ocean Service (NOS) is the primary federal agency working to protect and manage America's coastal waters and habitats. President Bush's budget request for FY 2005 proposes a debilitating cut of $215 million (35 percent) from 2004 enacted levels. Critical NOS programs and activities include research into harmful algal blooms, oil spill damage assessments, coastal zone management grants, national marine sanctuaries, and estuary research and conservation. A 35 percent reduction in these activities will jeopardize all Americans who use our beaches and coastal waters for swimming, boating, fishing and other recreation.
[b]National Marine Fisheries Service: Need More Eyes on the Ocean[/b] Recent scientific reports conclude that too many of our nation’s fisheries are on the brink of collapse. Sixty-five percent of our fish populations that are already depleted continue to be overfished. Unsustainable fishing practices that cause wasteful bycatch and habitat destruction continue to harm oceans. Funding to improve data collection, protect and restore fish habitats, minimize bycatch, end overfishing, protect at-risk sea life, and enforce regulations is desperately needed to bring oceans and coastal communities back to health. However, the Bush budget request calls for a $22 million decrease (3 percent) for the agency’s fisheries and protected species activities in FY 2005.
[b]Pacific Salmon: Return to the Wild[/b] Pacific Northwest salmon are a vital part of that region’s struggling economy and an important part of our nation’s history and commitment to the native peoples of this land. While the Administration touts modest increases in salmon funding, the truth is that salmon runs in the Pacific Northwest continue to decline. The Bush Administration budget requests a four percent decrease in spending for the once world-renowned salmon of the Columbia and Snake River basin – an amount that is at least a 40 percent shortfall from what federal agencies charged with the protection and restoration of these species indicate is necessary to implement the current salmon plan.
President Bush's budget proposes $100 million for assistance to states, tribes, and local governments to protect salmon runs through the Pacific Salmon Recovery Fund. This is a $10 million increase above fiscal year 2004 enacted levels. However, in FY 2002, Pacific states received $110 million from the recovery fund.
[b]Coastal Conservation Trust Fund: Out of Sight, Out of Mind[/b] Bush's budget proposal completely ignores the mandate to fully fund the coastal portion of the Conservation Trust Fund, which was established in October 2000 under the Land Conservation, Preservation, and Infrastructure Improvement Fund (P.L. 106-291). While the CSC should receive $560 million in dedicated funding in FY 2004, the president's request seems to ignore the dedicated levels and the existence of this fund.
[b]Cleaning Out Clean Energy Funds[/b] America deserves a clean, safe and affordable energy future, but the FY2005 budget promotes an unbalanced plan tilted toward polluting, dangerous sources of energy. It would cut core renewable energy programs, as well as programs that reduce commercial and residential energy use. At the same time that it shortchanges these worthwhile programs, the budget proposes either increasing or maintaining current levels of spending on nuclear power and coal research and development programs.
[b]Renewable Energy: More for the Distant Future, Less for Today[/b] The administration has proposed a minor increase to the overall renewable energy budget. However, this deceptive increase funds unproven new initiatives while cutting or flatlining proven, core renewable energy programs. The budget provides an additional $13 million (16 percent) for the president’s hydrogen initiative, whose benefits will take decades to materialize and which will generate hydrogen from coal and nuclear energy. At the same time, the budget shortchanges proven clean energy programs that provide us a clear path toward energy independence today. Most notably, it cuts solar energy programs by more than $3 million (4 percent) and biomass by $14 million (16 percent).
[b]Energy Efficiency[/b] Despite an increase for low-income weatherization, the budget would cut overall energy efficiency and conservation by more than $2 million. The core energy efficiency line items for building and industrial technologies would be cut by $1.5 million (3 percent) and $35 million (38 percent), respectively. These programs help reduce energy usage, saving money for homeowners, consumers and industry.
[b]Whopping Increases for “Clean Coal”[/b] The budget includes $447 million for the president’s Coal Research Initiative, a $69 million increase over 2004 levels. This includes a $109 million, or 60 percent, increase for the Clean Coal Power Initiative. This subsidy for the coal industry has already received more than $2 billion in taxpayer handouts, and the General Accounting Office has released seven reports documenting waste and mismanagement of the program.
[b]Nuclear Energy: New Reactors [/b] Overall, the budget increases funding for nuclear power by $4.7 million (1.2 percent). At first glance, its cuts to nuclear research and development line items appear to be a positive step. Upon closer look, however, the budget simply redirects funds from these programs, which supported existing nuclear power plants, into initiatives aimed at helping build a new generation of commercial nuclear reactors.
For example, the budget provides $30.5 million, a nearly $3 million increase above 2004, to the “Generation IV” initiative, which subsidizes the nuclear industry’s efforts to build the next generation of nuclear reactors. It also includes $166 million for the Idaho National Laboratory, an increase of $35 million over 2004 levels. The Department of Energy is expanding the INL, which will serve as the main lab researching the design of new nuclear power initiatives. Finally, the budget includes $46.2 million for the Advanced Fuel Cycle Initiative. This program would increase the threat of nuclear proliferation by reprocessing spent nuclear fuel, which separates out dangerous plutonium.
[b]DOE’s Environmental Management Budget: from Exhorting to Extorting[/b] Within a funding request of $7.4 billion for DOE's Environmental Management program, the administration is proposing to withhold $350 million from cleanup of high-level radioactive waste (HLW) in Washington, Idaho, South Carolina and New York due to “… pending litigation that has called into question the legal authority of the Department to determine which waste streams generated by reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel should be disposed of in a geologic repository.” This so-called uncertainty stems from the fact that DOE broke the law when it tried to reclassify millions of gallons of the most radioactive waste in the world as “incidental” so it could abandon it next to important water supplies. The Natural Resources Defense Council and others sued DOE over this issue and prevailed in federal court.
By openly threatening hundreds of millions of dollars necessary to clean up high-level radioactive waste, the administration hopes that it can pressure Congress to reverse the court decision as a condition of receiving funding. Congress and the impacted states should ignore this brazen attempt to extort concessions and direct DOE to clean up its radioactive wastes. This penny-wise and pound foolish proposal could eventually cost communities and taxpayers huge sums of money in monitoring, containment, and restoration expenses unless the waste is cleaned up right the first time.
[b]DOE National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA)[/b] The budget request continues the administration’s penchant for placing nuclear rearmament ahead of nuclear nonproliferation and arms reduction. Funding for nuclear Weapons Activities increases by $332 million above 2004 (5.1 percent) to $6.85 billion, and to a projected $7.8 billion in FY 2009 (20 percent over five years). In current dollars, this far exceeds the average Cold War spending level. Including the current budget, annual spending on nuclear warheads and bombs has increased by $1.9 billion (38 percent) over the final Clinton administration budget. Overall, the Bush administration plans to spend $37 billion developing and maintaining the nuclear weapons stockpile over the next five years, and another $4.1 billion on nuclear reactor development for the US Navy.
The budget also presses ahead with controversial programs for nuclear weapons Advanced Concepts, developmental testing of a Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator warhead, and detailed design-engineering of a proposed $2-4 billion Modern Pit Facility (MPF) to manufacture new plutonium components for nuclear weapons. In contrast, support for NNSA’s other primary mission, “Control of Weapons of Mass Destruction” in Russia and other countries, gets a paltry one percent increase to $1.4 billion. But even here there is less than meets the eye: more than 40 percent of the $1.4 billion “nonproliferation” request is for disposing of DOE’s own surplus weapon materials, including $368 million toward the construction of a multi-billion dollar plutonium mixed-oxide fuel plant that is not technically required to dispose of surplus weapons materials, and which itself represents an environmental and proliferation hazard and target for terrorist assault.
[b]Groups Involved: Defenders of Wildlife, The Wilderness Society, Oceana, The Sierra Club, National Parks Conservation Association, Natural Resources Defense Council, Friends of the Earth[/b] - http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
|
|
|
| |
| ... The Bush Regime’s Fascist FY2005 Budget for the Environment: Putting Our Future at Risk |
| 10.31.04 (7:22 am) [edit] |
The Bush administration FY2005 budget released on Monday, Feb. 2, cuts spending on environmental projects by $1.9 billion compared with FY2004 spending, according to an analysis by several environmental groups.
President Bush’s proposed budget for fiscal year 2005 once again launches an assault on environmental protection in this country under the guise of fiscal constraints. The reality is that environmental activities are often singled out for disproportional reductions relative to other domestic programs, putting the nation’s air, land and water at risk. At best, the budget mirrors the President’s neglect of the environment demonstrated in his State of the Union Address, revealing a disturbing lack of solutions for our ongoing environmental challenges.
Although changes in funding vary greatly from one environmental program to another, certain broad trends have emerged from the Bush budget. First, the administration has persistently sought to hide the true effect of its budget cuts through a sideshow of shell games, sleights-of-hand, and other deceptive gimmicks. Second, the administration has repeatedly undermined the use of science in decision making, placing it in the service of politics. Finally, and most distressingly, it has greatly enlarged the environmental deficit that we are leaving to our children.
[b]Here’s a quick look inside the numbers[/b]:
· Total spending on environmental programs is slated for a $1.9 billion reduction (-5.9 percent) compared to FY 2004, falling from $32.2 billion to $30.3 billion. However, the cuts do not stop there; the environment takes another whack in the President’s long-term budget plan, dropping to only $29.6 billion in FY 2006, with significant additional cuts falling on land conservation efforts.
· The real funding impact is even greater when comparing the budget proposal to the amount of money needed in FY 2005 to keep government activities at the same level as in FY 2004 (taking inflation and other changing expenses into account). Then the shortfall rises to $3.2 billion, a drop of a full 10 percent below current levels. Over the long-run inflation places huge tax on available resources -- by FY 2009 the gap between current levels and those proposed by the administration widens to $7.0 billion, a loss of nearly a fifth of today’s purchasing power.
· Funding for the Environmental Protection Agency would fall by over $600 million dollars with the biggest impacts falling on water quality and science and technology programs. Land conservation would fall far short of current needs, with the greatest deficiencies occurring in land acquisition, wildlife protection, and parks funding. Certain critical clean energy programs would also be slashed, such as federal R&D into energy efficiency and solar energy, while unjustified subsidies to polluters continue.
The following summary illustrates some of the most significant environmental cuts proposed in the Bush budget by agency.
([b]Please Note:[/b] This document is a compilation of views from several different environmental organizations. However, not all of the organizations work on all of the issues contained in this document. Therefore, the organizations that contributed to this document do not necessarily have views on all of the programs discussed in it.)
[b]Environmental Protection Agency Under Attack[/b] The Environmental Protection Agency is a principal victim of the Bush Administration’s budget cutting hatchet. The budget’s overall funding request for FY 2005 ($7.76 billion) is down 7.2 percent from FY 2004 enacted levels ($8.37 billion) for the Agency, a cut in size second only to the Department of Agriculture. Although there would be slight increases for operating programs, diesel school buses, and Superfund cleanup, these positive changes are swamped by whopping cuts of $822 million in programs to protect water quality and of $93 million from EPA’s scientific research.
[b]Water, Water, Everywhere (Except in the Bush Budget!)[/b] The President’s budget has its largest cut in water quality infrastructure funding for reducing sources of pollution. This category includes a broad range of activities, including sewage plants, water purification facilities, and targeted pollution-prevention investments. The total investments drop from $2.6 billion to $1.8 billion, an $822 million dollar cut that represents more than 30 percent of the total for water infrastructure investments. When compared with the $450 BILLION in needs identified by EPA in the Clean Water and Drinking Water Infrastructure Gap Analysis of 2002, these cuts are difficult to justify.
The largest single reduction is in the Clean Water Act State Revolving Fund (CWASRF), which loans money to states to pay for sewage treatment plants. President Bush's budget for CWASRF would decline by $492 million, from $1.34 billion in FY 2004 to only $850 million in FY 2005. The Safe Drinking Water Act State Revolving Fund, which supports construction of drinking water purification facilities, receives a slight increase, from $845 million to $850 million -- still far below annual needs.
The President’s budget takes no responsibility for the growing national needs of communities to protect and restore their watersheds. On top of the cut to the CWASRF the budget also reduces the funding available to states and municipalities for improving stormwater systems and reducing pollution in the rivers and streams. The budget cuts nearly $30 million from the non-point source pollution control program (Sec 319 funding), which deals with pollution running off of farms, feedlots, parking areas, and other diffuse sources. This administration is ignoring its own research and denying federal responsibility for the hundreds of billions of dollars that are needed to update aging infrastructure in order to keep our streams and rivers clean and disease-free.
Although the Administration’s budget proposes increases for specific watersheds, such as the increases of $35 million for the Great Lakes and $10 million for the Chesapeake Bay, these increases are dwarfed by the huge cuts in overall water quality funding levels for these places.
[b]Research Takes a Hit [/b] Although the Bush Administration frequently talks about basing policy on “sound science,” it is requesting significant cuts to EPA’s Science and Technology accounts. The cuts, totaling $93 million, represent close to a 12 percent cut from FY 2004. According to the Administration, the cuts will include reductions in air, water, and toxics research. Specific programs targets include research into the effects of chemicals known as endocrine disruptors, (down almost $5 million) “pesticides and toxics,” (down $7.7 million from the 2004 budget) and “human health and ecosystems,” (down $13 million from the 2004 budget).
[b]Superfund: Polluters Make the Mess, Taxpayers Pay for Cleanup[/b] The Superfund program was based on the principle that polluting companies should be held accountable for the messes they make. President Bush’s budget, while proposing a slight increase of $124 million above the FY 2004 budget for Superfund cleanup, effectively abandons the “polluter pays” principle by failing to call for reinstatement of the Superfund fees to pay for the program.
While Superfund would grow under the President's budget from $1.257 billion in FY 2004 to $1.38 billion in FY 2005, the taxpayer would pick up the entire tab through general revenues, since Superfund's trust fund was bankrupt as of the beginning of FY 2004, according to the General Accounting Office. Since Superfund's dedicated funding source (the trust fund) is no longer viable, the program draws money away from all other EPA programs for funding. The net result is that taxpayers are forced to foot the bill for the three out of ten Superfund cleanups where there is no responsible party, and EPA has no choice but to slow down toxic cleanups at other sites.
[b]Natural Resources: Out of Touch with American Conservation Values[/b] In good times and bad, America has always invested in the places and wildlife that make our country special. This budget, however, steps sharply away from that longstanding conservation tradition. Token increases in a few, politically-charged locations cannot hide its fundamental shortfalls in conservation of America's natural resources.
[b]Healthy Forests? Where?[/b] The President’s Budget requests $475 million for the Healthy Forests Restoration Act, almost 40 percent short of the congressionally-authorize d level. Given the Administration’s arguments that the program is critical to protecting homes and communities from wildfires, such a dramatic shortfall is surprising. At the same time, the budget increases timber industry subsidies, cuts State and Private Forestry by 23 percent ($42 million), and neglects other vitally important conservation and restoration programs for our national forests, including: Recreation, Heritage, and Wilderness; Wildlife and Fisheries Habitat Management; and Law Enforcement Operations.
[b]Gutting the Land and Water Conservation Fund: There They Go Again[/b] Land conservation funding suffers from familiar budget smoke and mirrors. Once again, the Administration claims to fully fund the Land and Water Conservation (LWCF) at $900 million, while actually providing only one-third of the money promised. LWCF has for decades been our nation's premiere tool to create and preserve parks, forests, wildlife refuges and open space, and to ensure Americans can enjoy them. It is so popular that, during the 2000 campaign, President Bush promised to fully fund LWCF. But his 2005 budget provides only $314 million for LWCF's real programs -- $220 million for federal land acquisition, and $96 million for stateside assistance grants. Just as the Administration did last year, it then tries to disguise the shortfall by arbitrarily declaring more than a dozen other, ongoing programs to be part of the LWCF. National treasures from the Everglades to our neighborhood parks will suffer from the resulting net loss in funds for expanding and consolidating parks, refuges and forests.
[b]National Parks: Numbers Don't Add Up[/b] The Administration has only provided 7 percent of the new $4.9 billion the President pledged, in 2000, to eliminate the maintenance backlog in the National Parks. Since taking office, the Bush Administration has only increased funding to address the maintenance backlog by approximately $350 million. They continue to insist that they are on track to meet the pledge, but those claims simply do not add up. As a result of the continued shortfalls, the public is losing access to American treasures like the Statue of Liberty, which has been closed for over 2 years.
[b]Fish and Wildlife Service: Shell Games Shortchanging the Future[/b] The Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), with its important mission of preserving the unique wildlife and plant species found in America, receives a few small increases; but these cannot hide the budget’s overall neglect of our valuable and vulnerable national resources. Two of the most important operating programs in the FWS -- Endangered Species and National Wildlife Refuges -- are seeing real or effective cuts. For example, the Administration is proposing a $9.8 million reduction from the current $68 million endangered species recovery budget, taking it below its $60 million level of three years ago – when President Bush took office. Some critically important wildlife-related grant programs – such as State Wildlife Grants and the Cooperative Endangered Species Fund – do receive needed increases -- but that does not make up for shortchanging the agency’s operating accounts.
[b]Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund: Industry Giveaways[/b] Congress created the Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund in 1977, requiring coal companies to pay a fee into a trust fund aimed at cleaning up abandoned mine sites. Since then the program has suffered from chronic underfunding, even though more than 7,000 mines abandoned before 1977 haven’t been cleaned up. The administration has touted an increase in funding for the program, but a closer look shows that the additional $53 million that the budget promises would pay off “certified” states such as Wyoming that have already completed reclamation of their mines. And while the budget correctly proposes to reauthorize the AML fund, the administration’s legislative proposal includes outrageous giveaways to the coal industry. It would reduce the fee paid by coal companies by 20 percent, shortchanging the fund by nearly $800 million over the next 14 years. And it would allow coal companies to use AML funds to purchase reclamation bonds, subsidizing the industry’s cost of doing business.
[b]It Didn’t Have to be This Way: Abandoning the Conservation Trust Fund[/b] This legacy of funding shortfalls and shell games didn't have to happen. In 2000, a bipartisan Congress enacted a roughly $2 billion-per-year conservation funding mechanism called the Conservation Trust Fund, designed to ensure that, in good times and in bad, the country always had enough money to meet our most important conservation, recreation, wildlife and preservation needs. But this budget abandons the Conservation Trust Fund, with the result that, across the nation, our parks, forests, wild lands and wildlife will suffer.
[b]Other Natural Resource Needs: Agricultural Conservation Funding[/b] The budget fails to live up to the promises of the 2002 Farm Bill by reducing funding for key agricultural conservation programs, including the Wildlife Habitat Incentives Program and the landmark Conservation Security Program. The budget also would cut in half the $23 million in mandatory funds that the Farm Bill provided for the Renewable Energy System and Energy Efficiency Improvements program, which provides grants, loans, and loan guarantees to farmers, ranchers, and rural small businesses.
[b]Arctic Drilling Again: Don't They Ever Listen?[/b] By assuming speculative revenues from oil drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, the budget shows itself to be out of touch with political and economic reality. In a cynical political move carried over from last year, the Administration’s proposal claims to earmark some of the revenues from Arctic drilling for research into alternative, renewable sources of energy. Such cynical schemes ignore the fact that every recent poll has shown the American people don’t want drilling in the Arctic Refuge, and turn a blind eye to the political reality that the US Senate has rejected Arctic drilling twice since 2001. Assuming in the federal budget revenues at such highly optimistic prices, from an activity that is illegal under current law, seems to be the height of fiscal irresponsibility.
[b]Remember the Blue Planet – Ocean and Coastal Funding[/b] The United States controls the largest expanse of ocean of any nation in the world. Our oceans span 4.5 million square miles, an area 23 percent larger than the land area of the nation. And yet, two days after the federal budget was released, we know more about future spending for Mars exploration than we do for ocean protection on Earth, the “blue planet.” The Administration has still not released its official budget request for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Here is some of what we do know:
[b]National Ocean Service: Less Service[/b] The National Ocean Service (NOS) is the primary federal agency working to protect and manage America's coastal waters and habitats. President Bush's budget request for FY 2005 proposes a debilitating cut of $215 million (35 percent) from 2004 enacted levels. Critical NOS programs and activities include research into harmful algal blooms, oil spill damage assessments, coastal zone management grants, national marine sanctuaries, and estuary research and conservation. A 35 percent reduction in these activities will jeopardize all Americans who use our beaches and coastal waters for swimming, boating, fishing and other recreation.
[b]National Marine Fisheries Service: Need More Eyes on the Ocean[/b] Recent scientific reports conclude that too many of our nation’s fisheries are on the brink of collapse. Sixty-five percent of our fish populations that are already depleted continue to be overfished. Unsustainable fishing practices that cause wasteful bycatch and habitat destruction continue to harm oceans. Funding to improve data collection, protect and restore fish habitats, minimize bycatch, end overfishing, protect at-risk sea life, and enforce regulations is desperately needed to bring oceans and coastal communities back to health. However, the Bush budget request calls for a $22 million decrease (3 percent) for the agency’s fisheries and protected species activities in FY 2005.
[b]Pacific Salmon: Return to the Wild[/b] Pacific Northwest salmon are a vital part of that region’s struggling economy and an important part of our nation’s history and commitment to the native peoples of this land. While the Administration touts modest increases in salmon funding, the truth is that salmon runs in the Pacific Northwest continue to decline. The Bush Administration budget requests a four percent decrease in spending for the once world-renowned salmon of the Columbia and Snake River basin – an amount that is at least a 40 percent shortfall from what federal agencies charged with the protection and restoration of these species indicate is necessary to implement the current salmon plan.
President Bush's budget proposes $100 million for assistance to states, tribes, and local governments to protect salmon runs through the Pacific Salmon Recovery Fund. This is a $10 million increase above fiscal year 2004 enacted levels. However, in FY 2002, Pacific states received $110 million from the recovery fund.
[b]Coastal Conservation Trust Fund: Out of Sight, Out of Mind[/b] Bush's budget proposal completely ignores the mandate to fully fund the coastal portion of the Conservation Trust Fund, which was established in October 2000 under the Land Conservation, Preservation, and Infrastructure Improvement Fund (P.L. 106-291). While the CSC should receive $560 million in dedicated funding in FY 2004, the president's request seems to ignore the dedicated levels and the existence of this fund.
[b]Cleaning Out Clean Energy Funds[/b] America deserves a clean, safe and affordable energy future, but the FY2005 budget promotes an unbalanced plan tilted toward polluting, dangerous sources of energy. It would cut core renewable energy programs, as well as programs that reduce commercial and residential energy use. At the same time that it shortchanges these worthwhile programs, the budget proposes either increasing or maintaining current levels of spending on nuclear power and coal research and development programs.
[b]Renewable Energy: More for the Distant Future, Less for Today[/b] The administration has proposed a minor increase to the overall renewable energy budget. However, this deceptive increase funds unproven new initiatives while cutting or flatlining proven, core renewable energy programs. The budget provides an additional $13 million (16 percent) for the president’s hydrogen initiative, whose benefits will take decades to materialize and which will generate hydrogen from coal and nuclear energy. At the same time, the budget shortchanges proven clean energy programs that provide us a clear path toward energy independence today. Most notably, it cuts solar energy programs by more than $3 million (4 percent) and biomass by $14 million (16 percent).
[b]Energy Efficiency[/b] Despite an increase for low-income weatherization, the budget would cut overall energy efficiency and conservation by more than $2 million. The core energy efficiency line items for building and industrial technologies would be cut by $1.5 million (3 percent) and $35 million (38 percent), respectively. These programs help reduce energy usage, saving money for homeowners, consumers and industry.
[b]Whopping Increases for “Clean Coal”[/b] The budget includes $447 million for the president’s Coal Research Initiative, a $69 million increase over 2004 levels. This includes a $109 million, or 60 percent, increase for the Clean Coal Power Initiative. This subsidy for the coal industry has already received more than $2 billion in taxpayer handouts, and the General Accounting Office has released seven reports documenting waste and mismanagement of the program.
[b]Nuclear Energy: New Reactors [/b] Overall, the budget increases funding for nuclear power by $4.7 million (1.2 percent). At first glance, its cuts to nuclear research and development line items appear to be a positive step. Upon closer look, however, the budget simply redirects funds from these programs, which supported existing nuclear power plants, into initiatives aimed at helping build a new generation of commercial nuclear reactors.
For example, the budget provides $30.5 million, a nearly $3 million increase above 2004, to the “Generation IV” initiative, which subsidizes the nuclear industry’s efforts to build the next generation of nuclear reactors. It also includes $166 million for the Idaho National Laboratory, an increase of $35 million over 2004 levels. The Department of Energy is expanding the INL, which will serve as the main lab researching the design of new nuclear power initiatives. Finally, the budget includes $46.2 million for the Advanced Fuel Cycle Initiative. This program would increase the threat of nuclear proliferation by reprocessing spent nuclear fuel, which separates out dangerous plutonium.
[b]DOE’s Environmental Management Budget: from Exhorting to Extorting[/b] Within a funding request of $7.4 billion for DOE's Environmental Management program, the administration is proposing to withhold $350 million from cleanup of high-level radioactive waste (HLW) in Washington, Idaho, South Carolina and New York due to “… pending litigation that has called into question the legal authority of the Department to determine which waste streams generated by reprocessing of spent nuclear fuel should be disposed of in a geologic repository.” This so-called uncertainty stems from the fact that DOE broke the law when it tried to reclassify millions of gallons of the most radioactive waste in the world as “incidental” so it could abandon it next to important water supplies. The Natural Resources Defense Council and others sued DOE over this issue and prevailed in federal court.
By openly threatening hundreds of millions of dollars necessary to clean up high-level radioactive waste, the administration hopes that it can pressure Congress to reverse the court decision as a condition of receiving funding. Congress and the impacted states should ignore this brazen attempt to extort concessions and direct DOE to clean up its radioactive wastes. This penny-wise and pound foolish proposal could eventually cost communities and taxpayers huge sums of money in monitoring, containment, and restoration expenses unless the waste is cleaned up right the first time.
[b]DOE National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA)[/b] The budget request continues the administration’s penchant for placing nuclear rearmament ahead of nuclear nonproliferation and arms reduction. Funding for nuclear Weapons Activities increases by $332 million above 2004 (5.1 percent) to $6.85 billion, and to a projected $7.8 billion in FY 2009 (20 percent over five years). In current dollars, this far exceeds the average Cold War spending level. Including the current budget, annual spending on nuclear warheads and bombs has increased by $1.9 billion (38 percent) over the final Clinton administration budget. Overall, the Bush administration plans to spend $37 billion developing and maintaining the nuclear weapons stockpile over the next five years, and another $4.1 billion on nuclear reactor development for the US Navy.
The budget also presses ahead with controversial programs for nuclear weapons Advanced Concepts, developmental testing of a Robust Nuclear Earth Penetrator warhead, and detailed design-engineering of a proposed $2-4 billion Modern Pit Facility (MPF) to manufacture new plutonium components for nuclear weapons. In contrast, support for NNSA’s other primary mission, “Control of Weapons of Mass Destruction” in Russia and other countries, gets a paltry one percent increase to $1.4 billion. But even here there is less than meets the eye: more than 40 percent of the $1.4 billion “nonproliferation” request is for disposing of DOE’s own surplus weapon materials, including $368 million toward the construction of a multi-billion dollar plutonium mixed-oxide fuel plant that is not technically required to dispose of surplus weapons materials, and which itself represents an environmental and proliferation hazard and target for terrorist assault.
[b]Groups Involved: Defenders of Wildlife, The Wilderness Society, Oceana, The Sierra Club, National Parks Conservation Association, Natural Resources Defense Council, Friends of the Earth[/b] - http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
|
|
|
| |
| GOD'S MESSENGER |
| 10.31.04 (7:14 am) [edit] |
THE REV. D. Bradley Murray, a Jesuit of considerable erudition and insight, once disappointed my wife at a Loyola High School football game when he informed her that no matter how hard she prayed on it, God did not care which team won.
Father Murray would have made the same observation about the bitterly contested presidential election to be decided Tuesday. But he would have been ridiculed by the standing president, who believes he is God's messenger, and possibly by his Democratic opponent, who has been trying to catch up by touting his own religiosity.
George W. Bush's single-minded messianism is by far the more disturbing because the evidence of its consequences is so painfully manifest.
On Sept. 11, 2001, terrorists motivated and directed by a religious fanatic from another mindset attacked targets in the United States and killed thousands. With or without Osama bin Laden's and his al-Qaida organization's religious convictions, this was an act of war. The president had the responsibility to go after bin Laden and al-Qaida with all of the resources at his disposal. God had nothing to do with this. If He had, 9/11 would not have happened.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| WILL OSAMA HELP W.??? |
| 10.31.04 (7:13 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON — Some people thought the October surprise would be the president producing Osama.
Instead, it was Osama producing yet another video taunting the president and lecturing America.
After bin Laden's pre-election commentary from his anchor desk at a secure, undisclosed location, many TV chatterers and Republicans postulated that the evildoer's campaign intrusion would help the president.
O.B.L., they said, might re-elect W.
They follow the Bush strategists' reasoning that since President Bush rates higher than John Kerry on fighting terror, anytime Americans get rattled about Iraq and Al Qaeda, it's a plus for the president. And Republicans can keep claiming that Al Qaeda wants the "weak" Democrat elected, even as some intelligence experts suggest the terrorists prefer that the belligerent Mr. Bush stay in power because he has been a boon to jihadist recruiting, with his disastrous occupation of Iraq and his true believer, us-versus-them, my-Christian-God's-direct ing-my-foreign-policy vibe.
The Bushies' campaign pitch follows their usual backward logic: Because we have failed to make you safe, you should re-elect us to make you safer. Because we haven't caught Osama in three years, you need us to catch Osama in the next four years. Because we didn't bother to secure explosives in Iraq, you can count on us to make sure those explosives aren't used against you.
You'd think that seeing Osama looking fit as a fiddle and ready for hate would spark anger at the Bush administration's cynical diversion of the war on Al Qaeda to the war on Saddam. It's absurd that we're mired in Iraq - an invasion the demented vice president praised on Friday for its "brilliance" - while the 9/11 mastermind nonchalantly pops up anytime he wants. For some, it seemed cartoonish, with Osama as Road Runner beeping by Wile E. Bush as Dick Cheney and Rummy run the Acme/Halliburton explosives company - now under F.B.I. investigation for its no-bid contracts on anvils, axle grease (guaranteed slippery) and dehydrated boulders (just add water) .
Osama slouched onto TV bragging about pulling off the 9/11 attacks just after the president strutted onto TV in New Hampshire with 9/11 families, bragging that Al Qaeda leaders know "we are on their trail."
Maybe bin Laden hasn't gotten the word. Maybe W. should get off the trail and get on Osama's tail.
W. was clinging to his inane mantra that if we fight the terrorists over there, we don't have to fight them here, even as bin Laden was back on TV threatening to come here. The president still avoided using Osama's name on Friday, part of the concerted effort to downgrade him and merge him with Iraqi insurgents.
The White House reaction to the disclosures about the vanished explosives in Iraq was typical. Though it's clear the treasures and terrors of Iraq - from viruses to ammunition to artifacts - were being looted and loaded into donkey carts and pickups because we had insufficient troops to secure the country, Bush officials devoted the vast resources of the government to trying to undermine the facts to protect the president.
The Pentagon mobilized to debunk the bunker story with a tortured press conference and a satellite photo of trucks that proved about as much as Colin Powell's prewar drawings of two trailers that were supposed to be mobile biological weapons labs.
Republicans insinuated that it was a plot by foreign internationalists to help the foreigner-loving, internationalist Kerry, a U.N. leak from the camp of Mohamed ElBaradei to hurt the administration that had scorned the U.N. as a weak sister.
In their ruthless determination to put Mr. Bush's political future ahead of our future safety, the White House and House Republicans last week thwarted the enactment of recommendations of the 9/11 commission they never wanted in the first place.
While pretending to be serious about getting a bill on reorganizing intelligence agencies before the election, the White House never forced Congressional Republicans to come to an agreement. So the advice from the panel that spent 19 months studying how the government could shore up intelligence so there wouldn't be another 9/11 may be squandered, even though Dick Cheney's favorite warning to scare voters away from Mr. Kerry is that we might someday face terrorists "in the middle of one of our cities with deadlier weapons than have ever before been used against us," including a nuclear bomb.
Wow. I feel safer. Don't you?
[b]By Maureen Dowd[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| WILL OSAMA HELP W.??? |
| 10.31.04 (7:11 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON — Some people thought the October surprise would be the president producing Osama.
Instead, it was Osama producing yet another video taunting the president and lecturing America.
After bin Laden's pre-election commentary from his anchor desk at a secure, undisclosed location, many TV chatterers and Republicans postulated that the evildoer's campaign intrusion would help the president.
O.B.L., they said, might re-elect W.
They follow the Bush strategists' reasoning that since President Bush rates higher than John Kerry on fighting terror, anytime Americans get rattled about Iraq and Al Qaeda, it's a plus for the president. And Republicans can keep claiming that Al Qaeda wants the "weak" Democrat elected, even as some intelligence experts suggest the terrorists prefer that the belligerent Mr. Bush stay in power because he has been a boon to jihadist recruiting, with his disastrous occupation of Iraq and his true believer, us-versus-them, my-Christian-God's-direct ing-my-foreign-policy vibe.
The Bushies' campaign pitch follows their usual backward logic: Because we have failed to make you safe, you should re-elect us to make you safer. Because we haven't caught Osama in three years, you need us to catch Osama in the next four years. Because we didn't bother to secure explosives in Iraq, you can count on us to make sure those explosives aren't used against you.
You'd think that seeing Osama looking fit as a fiddle and ready for hate would spark anger at the Bush administration's cynical diversion of the war on Al Qaeda to the war on Saddam. It's absurd that we're mired in Iraq - an invasion the demented vice president praised on Friday for its "brilliance" - while the 9/11 mastermind nonchalantly pops up anytime he wants. For some, it seemed cartoonish, with Osama as Road Runner beeping by Wile E. Bush as Dick Cheney and Rummy run the Acme/Halliburton explosives company - now under F.B.I. investigation for its no-bid contracts on anvils, axle grease (guaranteed slippery) and dehydrated boulders (just add water) .
Osama slouched onto TV bragging about pulling off the 9/11 attacks just after the president strutted onto TV in New Hampshire with 9/11 families, bragging that Al Qaeda leaders know "we are on their trail."
Maybe bin Laden hasn't gotten the word. Maybe W. should get off the trail and get on Osama's tail.
W. was clinging to his inane mantra that if we fight the terrorists over there, we don't have to fight them here, even as bin Laden was back on TV threatening to come here. The president still avoided using Osama's name on Friday, part of the concerted effort to downgrade him and merge him with Iraqi insurgents.
The White House reaction to the disclosures about the vanished explosives in Iraq was typical. Though it's clear the treasures and terrors of Iraq - from viruses to ammunition to artifacts - were being looted and loaded into donkey carts and pickups because we had insufficient troops to secure the country, Bush officials devoted the vast resources of the government to trying to undermine the facts to protect the president.
The Pentagon mobilized to debunk the bunker story with a tortured press conference and a satellite photo of trucks that proved about as much as Colin Powell's prewar drawings of two trailers that were supposed to be mobile biological weapons labs.
Republicans insinuated that it was a plot by foreign internationalists to help the foreigner-loving, internationalist Kerry, a U.N. leak from the camp of Mohamed ElBaradei to hurt the administration that had scorned the U.N. as a weak sister.
In their ruthless determination to put Mr. Bush's political future ahead of our future safety, the White House and House Republicans last week thwarted the enactment of recommendations of the 9/11 commission they never wanted in the first place.
While pretending to be serious about getting a bill on reorganizing intelligence agencies before the election, the White House never forced Congressional Republicans to come to an agreement. So the advice from the panel that spent 19 months studying how the government could shore up intelligence so there wouldn't be another 9/11 may be squandered, even though Dick Cheney's favorite warning to scare voters away from Mr. Kerry is that we might someday face terrorists "in the middle of one of our cities with deadlier weapons than have ever before been used against us," including a nuclear bomb.
Wow. I feel safer. Don't you?
[b]By Maureen Dowd[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| WILL OSAMA HELP W.??? |
| 10.31.04 (7:11 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON — Some people thought the October surprise would be the president producing Osama.
Instead, it was Osama producing yet another video taunting the president and lecturing America.
After bin Laden's pre-election commentary from his anchor desk at a secure, undisclosed location, many TV chatterers and Republicans postulated that the evildoer's campaign intrusion would help the president.
O.B.L., they said, might re-elect W.
They follow the Bush strategists' reasoning that since President Bush rates higher than John Kerry on fighting terror, anytime Americans get rattled about Iraq and Al Qaeda, it's a plus for the president. And Republicans can keep claiming that Al Qaeda wants the "weak" Democrat elected, even as some intelligence experts suggest the terrorists prefer that the belligerent Mr. Bush stay in power because he has been a boon to jihadist recruiting, with his disastrous occupation of Iraq and his true believer, us-versus-them, my-Christian-God's-direct ing-my-foreign-policy vibe.
The Bushies' campaign pitch follows their usual backward logic: Because we have failed to make you safe, you should re-elect us to make you safer. Because we haven't caught Osama in three years, you need us to catch Osama in the next four years. Because we didn't bother to secure explosives in Iraq, you can count on us to make sure those explosives aren't used against you.
You'd think that seeing Osama looking fit as a fiddle and ready for hate would spark anger at the Bush administration's cynical diversion of the war on Al Qaeda to the war on Saddam. It's absurd that we're mired in Iraq - an invasion the demented vice president praised on Friday for its "brilliance" - while the 9/11 mastermind nonchalantly pops up anytime he wants. For some, it seemed cartoonish, with Osama as Road Runner beeping by Wile E. Bush as Dick Cheney and Rummy run the Acme/Halliburton explosives company - now under F.B.I. investigation for its no-bid contracts on anvils, axle grease (guaranteed slippery) and dehydrated boulders (just add water) .
Osama slouched onto TV bragging about pulling off the 9/11 attacks just after the president strutted onto TV in New Hampshire with 9/11 families, bragging that Al Qaeda leaders know "we are on their trail."
Maybe bin Laden hasn't gotten the word. Maybe W. should get off the trail and get on Osama's tail.
W. was clinging to his inane mantra that if we fight the terrorists over there, we don't have to fight them here, even as bin Laden was back on TV threatening to come here. The president still avoided using Osama's name on Friday, part of the concerted effort to downgrade him and merge him with Iraqi insurgents.
The White House reaction to the disclosures about the vanished explosives in Iraq was typical. Though it's clear the treasures and terrors of Iraq - from viruses to ammunition to artifacts - were being looted and loaded into donkey carts and pickups because we had insufficient troops to secure the country, Bush officials devoted the vast resources of the government to trying to undermine the facts to protect the president.
The Pentagon mobilized to debunk the bunker story with a tortured press conference and a satellite photo of trucks that proved about as much as Colin Powell's prewar drawings of two trailers that were supposed to be mobile biological weapons labs.
Republicans insinuated that it was a plot by foreign internationalists to help the foreigner-loving, internationalist Kerry, a U.N. leak from the camp of Mohamed ElBaradei to hurt the administration that had scorned the U.N. as a weak sister.
In their ruthless determination to put Mr. Bush's political future ahead of our future safety, the White House and House Republicans last week thwarted the enactment of recommendations of the 9/11 commission they never wanted in the first place.
While pretending to be serious about getting a bill on reorganizing intelligence agencies before the election, the White House never forced Congressional Republicans to come to an agreement. So the advice from the panel that spent 19 months studying how the government could shore up intelligence so there wouldn't be another 9/11 may be squandered, even though Dick Cheney's favorite warning to scare voters away from Mr. Kerry is that we might someday face terrorists "in the middle of one of our cities with deadlier weapons than have ever before been used against us," including a nuclear bomb.
Wow. I feel safer. Don't you?
[b]By Maureen Dowd[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| WILL OSAMA HELP W.??? |
| 10.31.04 (7:11 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON — Some people thought the October surprise would be the president producing Osama.
Instead, it was Osama producing yet another video taunting the president and lecturing America.
After bin Laden's pre-election commentary from his anchor desk at a secure, undisclosed location, many TV chatterers and Republicans postulated that the evildoer's campaign intrusion would help the president.
O.B.L., they said, might re-elect W.
They follow the Bush strategists' reasoning that since President Bush rates higher than John Kerry on fighting terror, anytime Americans get rattled about Iraq and Al Qaeda, it's a plus for the president. And Republicans can keep claiming that Al Qaeda wants the "weak" Democrat elected, even as some intelligence experts suggest the terrorists prefer that the belligerent Mr. Bush stay in power because he has been a boon to jihadist recruiting, with his disastrous occupation of Iraq and his true believer, us-versus-them, my-Christian-God's-direct ing-my-foreign-policy vibe.
The Bushies' campaign pitch follows their usual backward logic: Because we have failed to make you safe, you should re-elect us to make you safer. Because we haven't caught Osama in three years, you need us to catch Osama in the next four years. Because we didn't bother to secure explosives in Iraq, you can count on us to make sure those explosives aren't used against you.
You'd think that seeing Osama looking fit as a fiddle and ready for hate would spark anger at the Bush administration's cynical diversion of the war on Al Qaeda to the war on Saddam. It's absurd that we're mired in Iraq - an invasion the demented vice president praised on Friday for its "brilliance" - while the 9/11 mastermind nonchalantly pops up anytime he wants. For some, it seemed cartoonish, with Osama as Road Runner beeping by Wile E. Bush as Dick Cheney and Rummy run the Acme/Halliburton explosives company - now under F.B.I. investigation for its no-bid contracts on anvils, axle grease (guaranteed slippery) and dehydrated boulders (just add water) .
Osama slouched onto TV bragging about pulling off the 9/11 attacks just after the president strutted onto TV in New Hampshire with 9/11 families, bragging that Al Qaeda leaders know "we are on their trail."
Maybe bin Laden hasn't gotten the word. Maybe W. should get off the trail and get on Osama's tail.
W. was clinging to his inane mantra that if we fight the terrorists over there, we don't have to fight them here, even as bin Laden was back on TV threatening to come here. The president still avoided using Osama's name on Friday, part of the concerted effort to downgrade him and merge him with Iraqi insurgents.
The White House reaction to the disclosures about the vanished explosives in Iraq was typical. Though it's clear the treasures and terrors of Iraq - from viruses to ammunition to artifacts - were being looted and loaded into donkey carts and pickups because we had insufficient troops to secure the country, Bush officials devoted the vast resources of the government to trying to undermine the facts to protect the president.
The Pentagon mobilized to debunk the bunker story with a tortured press conference and a satellite photo of trucks that proved about as much as Colin Powell's prewar drawings of two trailers that were supposed to be mobile biological weapons labs.
Republicans insinuated that it was a plot by foreign internationalists to help the foreigner-loving, internationalist Kerry, a U.N. leak from the camp of Mohamed ElBaradei to hurt the administration that had scorned the U.N. as a weak sister.
In their ruthless determination to put Mr. Bush's political future ahead of our future safety, the White House and House Republicans last week thwarted the enactment of recommendations of the 9/11 commission they never wanted in the first place.
While pretending to be serious about getting a bill on reorganizing intelligence agencies before the election, the White House never forced Congressional Republicans to come to an agreement. So the advice from the panel that spent 19 months studying how the government could shore up intelligence so there wouldn't be another 9/11 may be squandered, even though Dick Cheney's favorite warning to scare voters away from Mr. Kerry is that we might someday face terrorists "in the middle of one of our cities with deadlier weapons than have ever before been used against us," including a nuclear bomb.
Wow. I feel safer. Don't you?
[b]By Maureen Dowd[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Does Anyone Outside the US Want W. as Leader of the Free World? |
| 10.31.04 (7:07 am) [edit] |
[b]George W Bush promised he would be a president of 'unity', writes James Cusick, but instead his war against terror has turned most of the world against him and left his own country bitterly divided[/b]
The "international community" is a popular phrase in both the White House and Downing Street. It lends gravitas to global concern. Tony Blair uses it when he needs rescuing on foreign policy. George W Bush says it when he needs Tony Blair. But in four years of Bush in the White House the view of the actual "international community" has mattered little. The United States - and by association the United Kingdom - is isolated and mistrusted and the real "communite internationale" is praying for regime change on Tuesday.
In January 2001, as Bush was sworn into office, the promises he made were very different. He described his foreign policy aims as "humble" and claimed he was a "uniter, not a divider". Margaret Thatcher said much the same thing when she quoted St Francis outside Number 10 after her first election triumph. Neither was successful at living up to their stated aims.
Although Bush arrived in the White House as damaged goods - put in place by the casting vote of the US Supreme Court after the legal dogfight with Al Gore - his lack of legitimacy didn't seem to bother him. Gore had received more votes, but due to the US electoral college system Bush became the president.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Does Anyone Outside the US Want W. as Leader of the Free World? |
| 10.31.04 (7:06 am) [edit] |
[b]George W Bush promised he would be a president of 'unity', writes James Cusick, but instead his war against terror has turned most of the world against him and left his own country bitterly divided[/b]
The "international community" is a popular phrase in both the White House and Downing Street. It lends gravitas to global concern. Tony Blair uses it when he needs rescuing on foreign policy. George W Bush says it when he needs Tony Blair. But in four years of Bush in the White House the view of the actual "international community" has mattered little. The United States - and by association the United Kingdom - is isolated and mistrusted and the real "communite internationale" is praying for regime change on Tuesday.
In January 2001, as Bush was sworn into office, the promises he made were very different. He described his foreign policy aims as "humble" and claimed he was a "uniter, not a divider". Margaret Thatcher said much the same thing when she quoted St Francis outside Number 10 after her first election triumph. Neither was successful at living up to their stated aims.
Although Bush arrived in the White House as damaged goods - put in place by the casting vote of the US Supreme Court after the legal dogfight with Al Gore - his lack of legitimacy didn't seem to bother him. Gore had received more votes, but due to the US electoral college system Bush became the president.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Does Anyone Outside the US Want W. as Leader of the Free World? |
| 10.31.04 (7:06 am) [edit] |
[b]George W Bush promised he would be a president of 'unity', writes James Cusick, but instead his war against terror has turned most of the world against him and left his own country bitterly divided[/b]
The "international community" is a popular phrase in both the White House and Downing Street. It lends gravitas to global concern. Tony Blair uses it when he needs rescuing on foreign policy. George W Bush says it when he needs Tony Blair. But in four years of Bush in the White House the view of the actual "international community" has mattered little. The United States - and by association the United Kingdom - is isolated and mistrusted and the real "communite internationale" is praying for regime change on Tuesday.
In January 2001, as Bush was sworn into office, the promises he made were very different. He described his foreign policy aims as "humble" and claimed he was a "uniter, not a divider". Margaret Thatcher said much the same thing when she quoted St Francis outside Number 10 after her first election triumph. Neither was successful at living up to their stated aims.
Although Bush arrived in the White House as damaged goods - put in place by the casting vote of the US Supreme Court after the legal dogfight with Al Gore - his lack of legitimacy didn't seem to bother him. Gore had received more votes, but due to the US electoral college system Bush became the president.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... 'Halliburton'-'Cheney Wants Corporate Regulation ... OF CITIZENS!!! |
| 10.31.04 (7:00 am) [edit] |
"We think lawsuit abuse is a serious problem in this country," proclaimed Dick Cheney while debating John Edwards in early October. That "runaway lawsuits" theme is repeated at almost every Bush/Cheney campaign stop.
Knowing the record of his own company, I can't help wondering whether Cheney is like an alcoholic seeking help, for during his five-year reign as CEO, Halliburton and its subsidiaries filed more than 150 separate court actions (documented by Halliburton Watch http://halliburtonwatch.org/ ). Those lawsuits pursued injunctions, evictions, and attempted to collect alleged debts from other corporations and individuals, sometimes for as little as $1,500.
But Halliburton is just part of a larger pattern. A recent study http://citizen.org/pressroom/... by Public Citizen indicates that U.S. businesses file four times as many lawsuits as individual citizens - and there are 281 million Americans and only 7 million U.S. corporations.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... 'Halliburton'-'Cheney Wants Corporate Regulation ... OF CITIZENS!!! |
| 10.31.04 (6:59 am) [edit] |
"We think lawsuit abuse is a serious problem in this country," proclaimed Dick Cheney while debating John Edwards in early October. That "runaway lawsuits" theme is repeated at almost every Bush/Cheney campaign stop.
Knowing the record of his own company, I can't help wondering whether Cheney is like an alcoholic seeking help, for during his five-year reign as CEO, Halliburton and its subsidiaries filed more than 150 separate court actions (documented by Halliburton Watch http://halliburtonwatch.org/ ). Those lawsuits pursued injunctions, evictions, and attempted to collect alleged debts from other corporations and individuals, sometimes for as little as $1,500.
But Halliburton is just part of a larger pattern. A recent study http://citizen.org/pressroom/... by Public Citizen indicates that U.S. businesses file four times as many lawsuits as individual citizens - and there are 281 million Americans and only 7 million U.S. corporations.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... 'Halliburton'-'Cheney Wants Corporate Regulation ... OF CITIZENS!!! |
| 10.31.04 (6:59 am) [edit] |
"We think lawsuit abuse is a serious problem in this country," proclaimed Dick Cheney while debating John Edwards in early October. That "runaway lawsuits" theme is repeated at almost every Bush/Cheney campaign stop.
Knowing the record of his own company, I can't help wondering whether Cheney is like an alcoholic seeking help, for during his five-year reign as CEO, Halliburton and its subsidiaries filed more than 150 separate court actions (documented by Halliburton Watch http://halliburtonwatch.org/ ). Those lawsuits pursued injunctions, evictions, and attempted to collect alleged debts from other corporations and individuals, sometimes for as little as $1,500.
But Halliburton is just part of a larger pattern. A recent study http://citizen.org/pressroom/... by Public Citizen indicates that U.S. businesses file four times as many lawsuits as individual citizens - and there are 281 million Americans and only 7 million U.S. corporations.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Bush is Selling his Sordid Version of '1984' ... |
| 10.31.04 (6:53 am) [edit] |
Will the Tuesday election duly mark the efficacy of the Big Lie? Has George Orwell missed his dooms-date for reality by these past 20 years? The voters will get the last word.
If George W. Bush is indeed elected for real this time around, it would signal the triumph of White House falsehoods continuously told. The prime lie, for those who yet believe that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, took a country to war under false pretenses that Saddam Hussein posed a nuclear threat to the continental U.S. A corollary, that 41 percent still believe, held that the Iraqi dictator supported the al-Qaida consortium that brought down the World Trade Center towers.
So weak was the evidence on the eve of the U.S. invasion that even this space doubted Bush would strike. "The war against Iraq cannot be," I wrote against the advice of our Washington bureau chief, who knew better. "Such criminal activity is ill-advised and should be illegal in a civilized world. Nor should America target for extermination those heads of state who displease the ruling circle of this republic . . . under the skeletal pretense spelled out so far, this war just cannot be." It was, of course, and still is.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Bush is Selling his Sordid Version of '1984' ... |
| 10.31.04 (6:52 am) [edit] |
Will the Tuesday election duly mark the efficacy of the Big Lie? Has George Orwell missed his dooms-date for reality by these past 20 years? The voters will get the last word.
If George W. Bush is indeed elected for real this time around, it would signal the triumph of White House falsehoods continuously told. The prime lie, for those who yet believe that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, took a country to war under false pretenses that Saddam Hussein posed a nuclear threat to the continental U.S. A corollary, that 41 percent still believe, held that the Iraqi dictator supported the al-Qaida consortium that brought down the World Trade Center towers.
So weak was the evidence on the eve of the U.S. invasion that even this space doubted Bush would strike. "The war against Iraq cannot be," I wrote against the advice of our Washington bureau chief, who knew better. "Such criminal activity is ill-advised and should be illegal in a civilized world. Nor should America target for extermination those heads of state who displease the ruling circle of this republic . . . under the skeletal pretense spelled out so far, this war just cannot be." It was, of course, and still is.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Bush is Selling his Sordid Version of '1984' ... |
| 10.31.04 (6:52 am) [edit] |
Will the Tuesday election duly mark the efficacy of the Big Lie? Has George Orwell missed his dooms-date for reality by these past 20 years? The voters will get the last word.
If George W. Bush is indeed elected for real this time around, it would signal the triumph of White House falsehoods continuously told. The prime lie, for those who yet believe that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, took a country to war under false pretenses that Saddam Hussein posed a nuclear threat to the continental U.S. A corollary, that 41 percent still believe, held that the Iraqi dictator supported the al-Qaida consortium that brought down the World Trade Center towers.
So weak was the evidence on the eve of the U.S. invasion that even this space doubted Bush would strike. "The war against Iraq cannot be," I wrote against the advice of our Washington bureau chief, who knew better. "Such criminal activity is ill-advised and should be illegal in a civilized world. Nor should America target for extermination those heads of state who displease the ruling circle of this republic . . . under the skeletal pretense spelled out so far, this war just cannot be." It was, of course, and still is.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Bush's Squalid Track-Record: Lies, Lies and More Lies |
| 10.31.04 (6:48 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Reign of Terror: The Low Points of the Mad King George's Four Years |
| 10.31.04 (6:45 am) [edit] |
Whether or not George W. Bush is elected on November 2 (or selected in a post-election legal scuffle), the defining sin of his administration will remain unchanged: He launched a war of choice on the basis of an inaccurate and misleading threat assessment. It is now beyond question that the United States faced no pressing danger from Iraq on March 19, 2003, nothing that necessitated what is supposed to be an action of last resort. A narrow win for Bush -- or even a landslide victory -- will not alter this. Bush has spent much of the campaign ducking responsibility for making a bad call; he has hailed the war with ever-shifting justifications.
And he has been fortunate that the election did not seem to become a straight-out referendum on the war. Over half of the public, according to polls, did conclude the war was a mistake. Yet a majority of likely voters told pollsters they considered Bush better able than John Kerry to handle the mess in Iraq and the so-called war on terrorism. Guiding the nation to war in obvious error ought to ensure a president's defeat. But (political) life is not that simple post-9/11. And no matter the final choice of the undecided swing-state voters, it will still be necessary to remember (that is, not forget) that Bush committed the biggest presidential blunder of modern times.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| ... Reign of Terror: The Low Points of the Mad King George's Four Years |
| 10.31.04 (6:45 am) [edit] |
Whether or not George W. Bush is elected on November 2 (or selected in a post-election legal scuffle), the defining sin of his administration will remain unchanged: He launched a war of choice on the basis of an inaccurate and misleading threat assessment. It is now beyond question that the United States faced no pressing danger from Iraq on March 19, 2003, nothing that necessitated what is supposed to be an action of last resort. A narrow win for Bush -- or even a landslide victory -- will not alter this. Bush has spent much of the campaign ducking responsibility for making a bad call; he has hailed the war with ever-shifting justifications.
And he has been fortunate that the election did not seem to become a straight-out referendum on the war. Over half of the public, according to polls, did conclude the war was a mistake. Yet a majority of likely voters told pollsters they considered Bush better able than John Kerry to handle the mess in Iraq and the so-called war on terrorism. Guiding the nation to war in obvious error ought to ensure a president's defeat. But (political) life is not that simple post-9/11. And no matter the final choice of the undecided swing-state voters, it will still be necessary to remember (that is, not forget) that Bush committed the biggest presidential blunder of modern times.
[b]Read article [/b] http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| * Impeach George Bush |
| 10.30.04 (3:48 am) [edit] |
[b]I do not write the headlines for my columns. Someone else does. But if I were to write the headline for this one it would be, "Impeach George Bush." [/b]
Of course, I realize there's no chance Congress would impeach the president at this point or under almost any circumstance. It somehow reserves its outrage for lying about sex under oath and not, as now seems clear, the making of war under false pretenses. Say what you will about Bill Clinton, no one died in the White House pantry.
The same cannot be said in the larger sense about George Bush. Well over 1,000 Americans and countless more Iraqis have died because the president insisted on going to war. I know I should grieve the Iraqi dead as much as I do American ones, but I simply don't. It is the Americans — those names I read almost every day, the hometowns, the lives I conjure up for them, the hideous moments of death — who would compose every one of my articles of impeachment. I would read every name from the well of the House.
I do not hold George Bush accountable for believing Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction. I have talked with senior administration officials who opposed the war and they, too, thought Saddam had chemical and biological weapons — but not nuclear ones. By the time Bush had firmly decided to go to war, all in Washington knew Saddam's nuclear weapons program consisted of a wish. Even Vice President Cheney had to know that, but the truth does not matter to him. In a long career as a Cold Warrior, he morphed into the enemy: the end justifies the means.
In his forthcoming book on the crusades, "Fighting for Christendom," Christopher Tyerman of Oxford University argues that, "There existed no strategic or material interest for the knights of the west" to invade the Muslim east and try to wrest Jerusalem from Islam. "Consequently, the Christian wars of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in the Near East provide startling testimony to the power of ideas."
I cite this book — as indeed I am reading it — for a reason. You will remember that early on Bush referred to the war against terrorism as a "crusade." The word, though, was too freighted with Christian-Muslim conflict and Bush quickly backed down. But, really, he was speaking the truth. Just as the original crusades were a form of mass madness, so was this one when it was extended to Iraq. It came, as did the original one, out of the bonnet of a leader: Bush this time, Pope Urban II in 1095 — and it swept everything before it. Congress lent its approval and so, significantly, did the media (myself included). The failure of leadership was across the board. The events of 9/11 were as emotionally wrenching to us as had been the Muslim capture of Jerusalem to medieval Christians.
My peripatetic colleague Dana Milbank recently reported on a poll showing that 72 percent of Bush's supporters believe that Iraq did in fact possess WMD and that 75 percent believed that Saddam gave al-Qaida "substantial support." These beliefs are false, in contradiction of the facts, and even Bush, when pressed, has admitted that. But these beliefs did not arise out of nowhere. They are a direct consequence of the administration's repeated lies — lies of commission, such as Cheney's statements, and lies of omission, the appalling failure to correct wrongly held views.
Not since the Spanish-American War has the United States gone off to war so casually, so half-cocked and so ineptly. The sinking of the Maine, the casus belli for that dustup, has been replaced by WMD, and the Hearst and Pulitzer presses are now talk radio and Fox News Channel. Everything has changed. Nothing has changed. Still, though, we mourn the dead, look away from the wounded and maimed, and wonder what it was all about. We embarked, truly and regrettably, on a crusade.
Still, from Bush comes not a bleep of regret, not to mention apology. It is all "steady as she goes" — although we have lost our bearings and we no longer know our destination. (Don't tell me it's a democratic Middle East.) If the man were commanding a ship, he would be relieved of command. If he were the CEO of some big company, the board would offer him a golden parachute — and force him to jump. But in government, it's the people who make those decisions. We get our chance on Tuesday.
Impeach Bush. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * Imagine Gore Running for Re-election with Bush's Record |
| 10.30.04 (3:47 am) [edit] |
[b]Imagine there was no electoral college and Al Gore became president after winning the popular vote in 2000. Now, imagine President Gore running for re-election with George W. Bush's record.[/b]
How would you vote?
What if al-Qaeda easily hijacked planes on Sept. 11, 2001 after Gore received an Aug. 6 Presidential Daily Brief, titled "Bin Ladin Determined To Strike in US" -- reporting "patterns of suspicious activity in this country consistent with preparations for hijackings or other types of attacks."
What if Gore ignored lessons from the successful coordinated effort to stop the millennium plot to bomb Los Angeles airport? In the words of the 9/11 Commission Report, the director of Central Intelligence, "the Counterterrorist Center, and the Counterterrorism Security Group did their utmost to sound a loud alarm, its basis being intelligence indicating that al-Qaeda planned something big. But the millennium phenomenon was not repeated."
What if the Gore administration diverted forces from Afghanistan and the war on al-Qaeda to attack Iraq, which was not involved in 9/11, and knowingly used false and disputed evidence to claim Iraq had weapons of mass destruction?
What if Gore said of Iraq on July 2, 2003, "There are some who feel like that, you know, the conditions are such that they can attack us there. My answer is bring them on. We've got the force necessary to deal with the security situation." Since then about 900 U.S. service members have been killed and more than 7,000 wounded in action.
What if Gore was president as soaring drug profits became the biggest source of reconstruction funds in Afghanistan, the world's leading supplier of heroin?
What if a senior CIA officer wrote "Imperial Hubris: Why the West is Losing the War On Terror," claiming irresponsible Gore policies, including the "avaricious, premeditated, unprovoked" war on Iraq, have made the U.S. less secure?
What if Gore led when the Jaffee Center for Strategic Studies at Tel Aviv University reported, "Iraq has become a major distraction from the global war on terrorism" and the Iraq war "has created momentum for many terrorist elements, but chiefly al-Qaeda and its affiliates"?
What if more than 90 percent of cargo unloaded at U.S. ports went uninspected during Gore's presidency, even as ABC News demonstrated vulnerability by shipping in depleted uranium undetected two years in a row?
What if North Korea had no nuclear weapons at the beginning of Gore's term, but had them today?
What if Gore dropped out of the international process to cut greenhouse gas emissions despite rapidly melting Arctic ice, increased droughts and other evidence of global warming, and a Pentagon report discussing abrupt climate change as a plausible scenario with drastic implications for human survival and national security?
What if Gore got an F for his environmental record from the League of Conservation Voters, who said his "administration's approach to the environment demonstrates a clear bias toward the interests of the oil industry, the utility industry and their corporate contributors at the expense of the health and safety of the public"?
What if Gore was the first president since Herbert Hoover in the Great Depression to see a net loss of jobs?
What if the typical household lost $1,535 between 2000 and 2003, adjusting for inflation, and the poverty rate went up every year under President Gore?
What if the federal budget went from a $236 billion surplus in fiscal 2000 before President Gore to a $413 billion deficit in 2004?
What if Gore passed the buck to your children and grandchildren, running up the national debt to give huge tax breaks to millionaires and billionaires?
What if 5.2 million Americans lost health insurance between 2000 and 2003 under Gore? That's more than the combined populations of New Hampshire, New Mexico and West Virginia.
What if Gore blocked the import of cheaper drugs from Canada and gave windfall profits to drug companies and HMOs in the guise of reforming Medicare?
What if Gore told a group of large contributors in September that he was going to "come out strong" after his reelection with "privatizing of Social Security"?
Would you vote to re-elect President Gore with George Bush's record?
[b]Holly Sklar is coauthor of "Raise the Floor: Wages and Policies That Work for All Of Us" (www.raisethefloor.org). She can be reached at hsklar@aol.com[/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * BUSH'S "WORD" Is As Good As Used Toilet Paper!!! |
| 10.30.04 (3:41 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| * BUSH'S "WORD" Is As Good As Used Toilet Paper!!! |
| 10.30.04 (3:40 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| * BUSH'S "WORD" Is As Good As Used Toilet Paper!!! |
| 10.30.04 (3:38 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| * BUSH'S "WORD" Is As Good As Used Toilet Paper!!! |
| 10.30.04 (3:38 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| * BUSH'S "WORD" Is As Good As Used Toilet Paper!!! |
| 10.30.04 (3:35 am) [edit] |
[b]Taking Bush at His Word[/b]
I often criticize statements by President Bush, so today let me praise some of his real wisdom:
• [i]Oct. 11, 2000: "If we're an arrogant nation, [foreigners] will resent us. If we're a humble nation but strong, they'll welcome us. ... We've got to be humble[/i]."
It's a good thing Mr. Bush tried to be humble, or the U.S. would have an approval rating even lower than 5 percent in Jordan, and Osama bin Laden's approval rating in Pakistan would be higher than 65 percent.
• [i]Feb. 27, 2001: "I hope you will join me to pay down $2 trillion in debt during the next 10 years. ... We should approach our nation's budget as any prudent family would[/i]."
But Mr. Bush, with the help of a weak economy, has transformed the Clinton budget surpluses into huge deficits. Since Mr. Bush took office, the federal debt has increased by $2.1 trillion, or 40 percent.
• [i]Sept. 25, 2000: "It is clear our nation is reliant upon big foreign oil. More and more of our imports come from overseas[/i]."
Hmm. And many of our exports go abroad. Meanwhile, despite the lackluster economy, oil imports are 1.3 million barrels per day higher than in Mr. Clinton's last year in office.
• [i]June 11, 2001: "My administration is committed to a leadership role on the issue of climate change[/i]."
Great! Because America's carbon dioxide emissions, associated with global warming, have risen 1.7 percent since then.
• [i]June 26, 2003: "Notorious human rights abusers, including, among others, Burma, Cuba, North Korea, Iran and Zimbabwe, have long sought to shield their abuses from the eyes of the world by staging elaborate deceptions and denying access to international human rights monitors[/i]."
It takes a big man to admit mistakes, like his administration's practice of hiding certain Arab prisoners from Red Cross and other inspectors.
• [i]Nov. 5, 2003: "In the debate about the rights of the unborn, we are asked to broaden the circle of our moral concern. ... We're asked by our convictions and tradition and compassion to build a culture of life, and make this a more just and welcoming society[/i]."
Abortions declined in the U.S. in the Clinton years; the abortion rate dropped by 22 percent in the 1990's. But while data are incomplete, abortions appear to have increased sharply since Mr. Bush took office. Glen H. Stassen, a Christian pro-life theologian, estimates that 52,000 more abortions occurred in 2002 than would have been expected based on the previous trend. Professor Stassen attributes the rise in abortions in part to the troubled economy and concerns among pregnant women that they cannot afford to have babies.
• [i]May 25, 2004: "One of the challenges we face is to make sure the health care system responds to the needs of the citizens[/i]."
But five million more Americans don't have health insurance, compared with when Mr. Bush took office.
• [i]Sept. 9, 2003: "We must focus early to make sure every child can read and write and add and subtract[/i]."
But Mr. Bush's budget guidelines translate into inflation-adjusted reductions in 2006 alone of more than $900 million for Head Start and childhood education.
• [i]May 24, 2003: "We will not tolerate nuclear weapons in North Korea[/i]."
On Mr. Bush's watch, North Korea is generally believed to have gone from two nuclear weapons to about eight.
• [i]2001: "Not on my watch[/i]."
Scrawled note by Mr. Bush on a report to him about the 1994 genocide in Rwanda that had occurred under President Clinton.
That's reassuring to the 100,000 or more people in Darfur who have died in a spasm of murder and rape that Mr. Bush acknowledges as genocide.
• [i]Sept. 30, 2004: "The biggest threat facing this country is weapons of mass destruction in the hands of a terrorist network[/i]."
But the single most important step to reducing the risk that a nuclear weapon will destroy New York is to secure loose nukes abroad, and Mr. Bush has been lackadaisical about that. Only 135 out of 600 metric tons of Russian nuclear materials have been given comprehensive upgrades, and Mr. Bush initially proposed cutting funds for that program.
• [i]Sept. 2, 1999: "Effective reform requires accountability. ... It is a sad story. High hopes, low achievement. Grand plans, unmet goals. My administration will do things differently[/i]."
Oh?
[b]By NICHOLAS D. KRISTOF[/b], http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| * The Bush Presidency is Evil Beyond Belief-- And Judgement is Nigh!!! |
| 10.29.04 (7:04 am) [edit] |
[b]Ugly, Tasteless, Terrifying and Wild... Count Me In!
He's been America's most unorthodox political commentator for more than 30 years. But for Dr Hunter S Thompson the Bush presidency is evil beyond belief - and judgment is nigh by Hunter S. Thompson [/b] The genetically vicious nature of presidential campaigns in America is too obvious to argue with, but some people call it fun, and I am one of them. Election day - especially when it's a presidential election - is always a wild and terrifying time for politics junkies, and I am one of those, too. We look forward to major election days like sex addicts look forward to orgies. We are slaves to them.
Which is not a bad thing, all in all, for the winners. They are not the ones who bitch and whine about slavery when the votes are finally counted and the losers are forced to get down on their knees. No. The slaves who emerge victorious from these drastic public decisions go crazy with joy and plunge each other into deep tubs of chilled Cristal champagne with naked strangers who want to be close to a winner.
That is how it works in the victory business. You see it every time. The weak suck up to the strong, for fear of losing their jobs and money and all the fickle power they wielded only 24 hours ago. It is like suddenly losing your wife and your home in a vagrant poker game, then having to go on the road with whoremongers and beg for your dinner in public. Nobody wants to hire a loser. Right? They stink of doom and defeat.
"What is that horrible smell in the office, Tex? It's making me sick."
"That is the smell of a loser, senator. He came in to apply for a job, but we tossed him out immediately. Sgt Sloat took him down to the parking lot and taught him a lesson he will never forget."
"Good work, Tex. And how are you coming with my new enemies list? I want them all locked up. They are scum."
"We will punish them brutally. They are terrorist sympathizers, and most of them voted against you. I hate those bastards."
"Thank you, Sloat. You are a faithful servant. Come over here and kneel down. I want to reward you."
That is the nature of high-risk politics. Veni, vidi, vici, especially among Republicans. It's like the ancient Bedouin saying: "As the camel falls to its knees, more knives are drawn."
Presidential politics is a vicious business, even for rich white men, and anybody who gets into it should be prepared to grapple with the meanest of the mean. The White House has never been seized by timid warriors. There are no rules, and the roadside is littered with wreckage. That is why they call it the passing lane. Just ask any candidate who ever ran against George Bush - Al Gore, Ann Richards, John McCain - all of them ambushed and vanquished by lies and dirty tricks. And all of them still whining about it.
That is why George W Bush is President of the United States, and Al Gore is not. Bush simply wanted it more, and he was willing to demolish anything that got in his way, including the US Supreme Court. It is not by accident that the Bush White House (read: Dick Cheney & Halliburton Inc) controls all three branches of our federal government today. They are powerful thugs who would far rather die than lose the election in November.
The Republican establishment is haunted by painful memories of what happened to Old Man Bush in 1992. He peaked too early, and he had no response to "It's the economy, stupid." Which has always been the case. Every GOP administration since 1952 has let the Military-Industrial Complex loot the Treasury and plunge the nation into debt on the excuse of a wartime economic emergency. Richard Nixon comes quickly to mind, along with Ronald Reagan and his ridiculous "trickle-down" theory of US economic policy. If the rich get richer, the theory goes, before long their pots will overflow and somehow "trickle down" to the poor, who would rather eat scraps off the Bush family plates than eat nothing at all. Republicans have never approved of democracy, and they never will. It goes back to pre-industrial America, when only white male property owners could vote.
Things haven't changed much where George W Bush comes from. Houston is a cruel, crazy town on a filthy river in East Texas with no zoning laws and a culture of sex, money and violence. It's a shabby, sprawling metropolis ruled by brazen women, crooked cops and super-rich pansexual cowboys who live by the code of the West - which can mean just about anything you need it to mean, in a pinch.
Houston is also the unnatural home of two out of the last three presidents of the United States of America, for good or ill. The other one was a handsome, sex-crazed boy from next-door Arkansas, which has no laws against any deviant practice not specifically forbidden in the New Testament, including anal incest and public cunnilingus with farm animals.
Back in 1948, during his first race for the US Senate, Lyndon Johnson was running about 10 points behind, with only nine days to go. He was desperate. And it was just before noon on a Monday, they say, when he called his equally depressed campaign manager and told him to call a press conference for just before lunch on a slow news day and accuse his high-riding opponent, a pig farmer, of having routine carnal knowledge of his sows, despite the pleas of his wife and children.
His campaign manager was shocked. "We can't say that, Lyndon," he supposedly said. "You know that it isn't true."
"Of course it's not!" Johnson barked. "But let's make the bastard deny it!"
Johnson - a Democrat, like Bill Clinton - won that election by fewer than 100 votes, and after that he was home free. He went on to rule Texas and the US Senate for 20 years and to be the most powerful vice president in the history of the United States. Until now.
Armageddon came early for George Bush this year, and he was not ready for it. His long-awaited showdowns with John Kerry turned into a series of embarrassments that broke his nerve and demoralized his closest campaign advisers. They knew he would never recover, no matter how many votes they could steal for him in Florida, where the presidential debates were closely watched and widely celebrated by millions of Kerry supporters who suddenly had reason to feel like winners.
Kerry came into October as a five-point underdog with almost no chance of winning three out of three rigged confrontations with a treacherous little freak like George Bush. But the debates are over now, and the victor was John Kerry every time. He steamrollered Bush and left him for roadkill.
Did you see Bush on TV, trying to debate? Jesus, he talked like a donkey with no brains at all. The tide turned early, in Coral Gables, when Bush went belly up less than halfway through his first bout with Kerry, who hammered poor George into jelly. It was pitiful... I almost felt sorry for him, until I heard someone call him "Mister President", and then I felt ashamed.
Karl Rove, the President's political wizard, felt even worse. There is angst in the heart of Texas today, and panic in the bowels of the White House. Rove has a nasty little problem, and its name is George Bush. The president failed miserably from the instant he got onstage with John Kerry. He looked weak and dumb. Kerry beat him like a gong in Coral Gables, then again in St Louis and Tempe. That is Rove's problem. His candidate is a weak-minded frat boy who cracks under pressure in front of 60 million voters.
Bush signed his own death warrant in the opening round, when he finally had to speak without his teleprompter. It was a Cinderella story brought up to date in Florida that night - except this time, the false prince turned back into a frog.
Immediately after the first debate ended, I called Muhammad Ali at his home in Michigan, but whoever answered said the champ was laughing so hard that he couldn't come to the phone. "The debate really cracked him up," he chuckled. "The champ loves a good ass-whuppin'. He says Bush looked so scared to fight, he finally just quit and laid down."
This year's first presidential debate was such a disaster for George Bush that his handlers had to be crazy to let him get in the ring with John Kerry again. Yet Karl Rove let it happen, and we can only wonder why. But there is no doubt that the president has lost his nerve, and his career in the White House is finished. No mas.
Indeed. The numbers are weird today, and so is this dangerous election. The time has come to rumble, to inject a bit of fun into politics. That's exactly what the debates did. John Kerry looked like a winner, and it energized his troops. Voting for Kerry is starting to look like serious fun for everyone except poor George, who now looks like a loser. That is fatal in a presidential election.
I look at elections with the cool and dispassionate gaze of a professional gambler, especially when I'm betting real money on the outcome. Contrary to most conventional wisdom, I see Kerry with five points as a recommended risk. Kerry will win this election, if it happens, by a bigger margin than Bush finally gouged out of Florida in 2000. That was about 46 per cent, plus five points for owning the US Supreme Court - which seemed to equal 51 per cent. Nobody really believed that, but George W Bush moved into the White House anyway.
It was the most brutal seizure of power since Hitler burned the Reichstag in 1933 and declared himself the new boss of Germany. Karl Rove is no stranger to Nazi strategy, if only because it worked for a while, and it was sure fun for Hitler. But not for long. He ran out of oil, the whole world hated him, and he liked to gobble pure crystal biphetamine and stay awake for eight days in a row with his maps and bombers and his dope-addled general staff.
They all loved the whiff. It is the perfect drug for war, as long as you are winning, and Hitler thought he was king of the hill forever. He had created a new master race, and every one of them worshipped him. They were fanatics. That was 66 years ago, and things are not much different today. We still love war.
George Bush certainly does. In four short years he has turned our country from a prosperous nation at peace into a desperately indebted nation at war. But so what? He is the President of the United States, and you're not. Love it or leave it.
BULLETIN: KERRY WINS GONZO ENDORSEMENT; DR THOMPSON JOINS DEMOCRAT IN CALLING BUSH "THE SYPHILIS PRESIDENT".
"Four more years of George Bush will be like four more years of syphilis," the famed author said yesterday at a hastily called press conference near his home in Woody Creek, Colorado.
"Only a fool or a sucker would vote for a dangerous loser like Bush. He hates everything we stand for, and he knows we will vote against him in November." Thompson, well known for the eerie accuracy of his political instincts, went on to denounce Ralph Nader as "a worthless Judas goat with no moral compass."
"I endorsed John Kerry a long time ago," he said, "and I will do everything in my power, short of roaming the streets with a meat hammer, to help him be the next president of the United States."
Which is true. I said all those things, and I will say them again. Of course I will vote for John Kerry. I have known him for 30 years as a good man with a brave heart - which is more than even the President's friends will tell you about George W Bush, who is also an old acquaintance from the white-knuckle days of yesteryear. He is hated all over the world, including large parts of Texas, and he is taking us all down with him. Bush is a natural-born loser with a filthy-rich daddy who pimped his son out to rich oil-mongers. He hates music, football and sex, and he is no fun at all.
I voted for Ralph Nader in 2000, but I won't make that mistake again. The joke is over for Nader. He was funny once, but now he belongs to the dead. Nader is a fool, as is anybody who votes for him in November - with the obvious exception of professional Republicans who have paid big money to turn him into a world-famous Judas goat. Nader is so desperate that he's paying homeless people to gather signatures to get him on the ballot. In Pennsylvania, the petitions he submitted contained tens of thousands of phony signatures, including Fred Flintstone, Mickey Mouse and John Kerry. A judge dumped Ralph from the ballot there, calling it "the most deceitful and fraudulent exercise ever perpetrated upon this court".
But they will keep his name on the ballot in the long-suffering Hurricane State, which is ruled by the President's younger brother, Jeb, who also wants to be the next president of the United States. In 2000, when they sent Jim Baker to Florida, I knew it was all over. In that election, 97,488 people voted for Nader in Florida, and Gore lost the state by 537 votes. You don't have to be from Texas to understand the moral of that story. It's like being out-coached in the Super Bowl. Only losers play fair, and all winners have blood on their hands.
Back in June, when John Kerry was beginning to feel like a winner, we had a quick rendezvous on a rain-soaked runway in Aspen, Colorado, where he was scheduled to meet a harem of wealthy campaign contributors. I told him that Bush's vicious goons in the White House are perfectly capable of assassinating Nader and blaming it on him. His staff laughed, but the Secret Service men didn't. Kerry suggested I might make a good running mate, and we reminisced about trying to end the Vietnam War in 1972.
That was the year I first met him, at a riot on that elegant little street in front of the White House. He was yelling into a bullhorn and I was trying to throw a dead rat over a black-spike fence and on to the President's lawn. We were angry and righteous in those days, and there were millions of us. We kicked two chief executives out because they were stupid warmongers. We conquered Lyndon Johnson and we stomped on Richard Nixon - which wise people said was impossible, but so what? It was fun. We were warriors then, and our tribe was strong like a river. That river is still running. All we have to do is get out and vote, while it's still legal, and we will wash those crooked warmongers out of the White House. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * The Bush Presidency is Evil Beyond Belief-- And Judgement is Nigh!!! |
| 10.29.04 (7:04 am) [edit] |
[b]Ugly, Tasteless, Terrifying and Wild... Count Me In!
He's been America's most unorthodox political commentator for more than 30 years. But for Dr Hunter S Thompson the Bush presidency is evil beyond belief - and judgment is nigh by Hunter S. Thompson [/b] The genetically vicious nature of presidential campaigns in America is too obvious to argue with, but some people call it fun, and I am one of them. Election day - especially when it's a presidential election - is always a wild and terrifying time for politics junkies, and I am one of those, too. We look forward to major election days like sex addicts look forward to orgies. We are slaves to them.
Which is not a bad thing, all in all, for the winners. They are not the ones who bitch and whine about slavery when the votes are finally counted and the losers are forced to get down on their knees. No. The slaves who emerge victorious from these drastic public decisions go crazy with joy and plunge each other into deep tubs of chilled Cristal champagne with naked strangers who want to be close to a winner.
That is how it works in the victory business. You see it every time. The weak suck up to the strong, for fear of losing their jobs and money and all the fickle power they wielded only 24 hours ago. It is like suddenly losing your wife and your home in a vagrant poker game, then having to go on the road with whoremongers and beg for your dinner in public. Nobody wants to hire a loser. Right? They stink of doom and defeat.
"What is that horrible smell in the office, Tex? It's making me sick."
"That is the smell of a loser, senator. He came in to apply for a job, but we tossed him out immediately. Sgt Sloat took him down to the parking lot and taught him a lesson he will never forget."
"Good work, Tex. And how are you coming with my new enemies list? I want them all locked up. They are scum."
"We will punish them brutally. They are terrorist sympathizers, and most of them voted against you. I hate those bastards."
"Thank you, Sloat. You are a faithful servant. Come over here and kneel down. I want to reward you."
That is the nature of high-risk politics. Veni, vidi, vici, especially among Republicans. It's like the ancient Bedouin saying: "As the camel falls to its knees, more knives are drawn."
Presidential politics is a vicious business, even for rich white men, and anybody who gets into it should be prepared to grapple with the meanest of the mean. The White House has never been seized by timid warriors. There are no rules, and the roadside is littered with wreckage. That is why they call it the passing lane. Just ask any candidate who ever ran against George Bush - Al Gore, Ann Richards, John McCain - all of them ambushed and vanquished by lies and dirty tricks. And all of them still whining about it.
That is why George W Bush is President of the United States, and Al Gore is not. Bush simply wanted it more, and he was willing to demolish anything that got in his way, including the US Supreme Court. It is not by accident that the Bush White House (read: Dick Cheney & Halliburton Inc) controls all three branches of our federal government today. They are powerful thugs who would far rather die than lose the election in November.
The Republican establishment is haunted by painful memories of what happened to Old Man Bush in 1992. He peaked too early, and he had no response to "It's the economy, stupid." Which has always been the case. Every GOP administration since 1952 has let the Military-Industrial Complex loot the Treasury and plunge the nation into debt on the excuse of a wartime economic emergency. Richard Nixon comes quickly to mind, along with Ronald Reagan and his ridiculous "trickle-down" theory of US economic policy. If the rich get richer, the theory goes, before long their pots will overflow and somehow "trickle down" to the poor, who would rather eat scraps off the Bush family plates than eat nothing at all. Republicans have never approved of democracy, and they never will. It goes back to pre-industrial America, when only white male property owners could vote.
Things haven't changed much where George W Bush comes from. Houston is a cruel, crazy town on a filthy river in East Texas with no zoning laws and a culture of sex, money and violence. It's a shabby, sprawling metropolis ruled by brazen women, crooked cops and super-rich pansexual cowboys who live by the code of the West - which can mean just about anything you need it to mean, in a pinch.
Houston is also the unnatural home of two out of the last three presidents of the United States of America, for good or ill. The other one was a handsome, sex-crazed boy from next-door Arkansas, which has no laws against any deviant practice not specifically forbidden in the New Testament, including anal incest and public cunnilingus with farm animals.
Back in 1948, during his first race for the US Senate, Lyndon Johnson was running about 10 points behind, with only nine days to go. He was desperate. And it was just before noon on a Monday, they say, when he called his equally depressed campaign manager and told him to call a press conference for just before lunch on a slow news day and accuse his high-riding opponent, a pig farmer, of having routine carnal knowledge of his sows, despite the pleas of his wife and children.
His campaign manager was shocked. "We can't say that, Lyndon," he supposedly said. "You know that it isn't true."
"Of course it's not!" Johnson barked. "But let's make the bastard deny it!"
Johnson - a Democrat, like Bill Clinton - won that election by fewer than 100 votes, and after that he was home free. He went on to rule Texas and the US Senate for 20 years and to be the most powerful vice president in the history of the United States. Until now.
Armageddon came early for George Bush this year, and he was not ready for it. His long-awaited showdowns with John Kerry turned into a series of embarrassments that broke his nerve and demoralized his closest campaign advisers. They knew he would never recover, no matter how many votes they could steal for him in Florida, where the presidential debates were closely watched and widely celebrated by millions of Kerry supporters who suddenly had reason to feel like winners.
Kerry came into October as a five-point underdog with almost no chance of winning three out of three rigged confrontations with a treacherous little freak like George Bush. But the debates are over now, and the victor was John Kerry every time. He steamrollered Bush and left him for roadkill.
Did you see Bush on TV, trying to debate? Jesus, he talked like a donkey with no brains at all. The tide turned early, in Coral Gables, when Bush went belly up less than halfway through his first bout with Kerry, who hammered poor George into jelly. It was pitiful... I almost felt sorry for him, until I heard someone call him "Mister President", and then I felt ashamed.
Karl Rove, the President's political wizard, felt even worse. There is angst in the heart of Texas today, and panic in the bowels of the White House. Rove has a nasty little problem, and its name is George Bush. The president failed miserably from the instant he got onstage with John Kerry. He looked weak and dumb. Kerry beat him like a gong in Coral Gables, then again in St Louis and Tempe. That is Rove's problem. His candidate is a weak-minded frat boy who cracks under pressure in front of 60 million voters.
Bush signed his own death warrant in the opening round, when he finally had to speak without his teleprompter. It was a Cinderella story brought up to date in Florida that night - except this time, the false prince turned back into a frog.
Immediately after the first debate ended, I called Muhammad Ali at his home in Michigan, but whoever answered said the champ was laughing so hard that he couldn't come to the phone. "The debate really cracked him up," he chuckled. "The champ loves a good ass-whuppin'. He says Bush looked so scared to fight, he finally just quit and laid down."
This year's first presidential debate was such a disaster for George Bush that his handlers had to be crazy to let him get in the ring with John Kerry again. Yet Karl Rove let it happen, and we can only wonder why. But there is no doubt that the president has lost his nerve, and his career in the White House is finished. No mas.
Indeed. The numbers are weird today, and so is this dangerous election. The time has come to rumble, to inject a bit of fun into politics. That's exactly what the debates did. John Kerry looked like a winner, and it energized his troops. Voting for Kerry is starting to look like serious fun for everyone except poor George, who now looks like a loser. That is fatal in a presidential election.
I look at elections with the cool and dispassionate gaze of a professional gambler, especially when I'm betting real money on the outcome. Contrary to most conventional wisdom, I see Kerry with five points as a recommended risk. Kerry will win this election, if it happens, by a bigger margin than Bush finally gouged out of Florida in 2000. That was about 46 per cent, plus five points for owning the US Supreme Court - which seemed to equal 51 per cent. Nobody really believed that, but George W Bush moved into the White House anyway.
It was the most brutal seizure of power since Hitler burned the Reichstag in 1933 and declared himself the new boss of Germany. Karl Rove is no stranger to Nazi strategy, if only because it worked for a while, and it was sure fun for Hitler. But not for long. He ran out of oil, the whole world hated him, and he liked to gobble pure crystal biphetamine and stay awake for eight days in a row with his maps and bombers and his dope-addled general staff.
They all loved the whiff. It is the perfect drug for war, as long as you are winning, and Hitler thought he was king of the hill forever. He had created a new master race, and every one of them worshipped him. They were fanatics. That was 66 years ago, and things are not much different today. We still love war.
George Bush certainly does. In four short years he has turned our country from a prosperous nation at peace into a desperately indebted nation at war. But so what? He is the President of the United States, and you're not. Love it or leave it.
BULLETIN: KERRY WINS GONZO ENDORSEMENT; DR THOMPSON JOINS DEMOCRAT IN CALLING BUSH "THE SYPHILIS PRESIDENT".
"Four more years of George Bush will be like four more years of syphilis," the famed author said yesterday at a hastily called press conference near his home in Woody Creek, Colorado.
"Only a fool or a sucker would vote for a dangerous loser like Bush. He hates everything we stand for, and he knows we will vote against him in November." Thompson, well known for the eerie accuracy of his political instincts, went on to denounce Ralph Nader as "a worthless Judas goat with no moral compass."
"I endorsed John Kerry a long time ago," he said, "and I will do everything in my power, short of roaming the streets with a meat hammer, to help him be the next president of the United States."
Which is true. I said all those things, and I will say them again. Of course I will vote for John Kerry. I have known him for 30 years as a good man with a brave heart - which is more than even the President's friends will tell you about George W Bush, who is also an old acquaintance from the white-knuckle days of yesteryear. He is hated all over the world, including large parts of Texas, and he is taking us all down with him. Bush is a natural-born loser with a filthy-rich daddy who pimped his son out to rich oil-mongers. He hates music, football and sex, and he is no fun at all.
I voted for Ralph Nader in 2000, but I won't make that mistake again. The joke is over for Nader. He was funny once, but now he belongs to the dead. Nader is a fool, as is anybody who votes for him in November - with the obvious exception of professional Republicans who have paid big money to turn him into a world-famous Judas goat. Nader is so desperate that he's paying homeless people to gather signatures to get him on the ballot. In Pennsylvania, the petitions he submitted contained tens of thousands of phony signatures, including Fred Flintstone, Mickey Mouse and John Kerry. A judge dumped Ralph from the ballot there, calling it "the most deceitful and fraudulent exercise ever perpetrated upon this court".
But they will keep his name on the ballot in the long-suffering Hurricane State, which is ruled by the President's younger brother, Jeb, who also wants to be the next president of the United States. In 2000, when they sent Jim Baker to Florida, I knew it was all over. In that election, 97,488 people voted for Nader in Florida, and Gore lost the state by 537 votes. You don't have to be from Texas to understand the moral of that story. It's like being out-coached in the Super Bowl. Only losers play fair, and all winners have blood on their hands.
Back in June, when John Kerry was beginning to feel like a winner, we had a quick rendezvous on a rain-soaked runway in Aspen, Colorado, where he was scheduled to meet a harem of wealthy campaign contributors. I told him that Bush's vicious goons in the White House are perfectly capable of assassinating Nader and blaming it on him. His staff laughed, but the Secret Service men didn't. Kerry suggested I might make a good running mate, and we reminisced about trying to end the Vietnam War in 1972.
That was the year I first met him, at a riot on that elegant little street in front of the White House. He was yelling into a bullhorn and I was trying to throw a dead rat over a black-spike fence and on to the President's lawn. We were angry and righteous in those days, and there were millions of us. We kicked two chief executives out because they were stupid warmongers. We conquered Lyndon Johnson and we stomped on Richard Nixon - which wise people said was impossible, but so what? It was fun. We were warriors then, and our tribe was strong like a river. That river is still running. All we have to do is get out and vote, while it's still legal, and we will wash those crooked warmongers out of the White House. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * The Bush Presidency is Evil Beyond Belief-- And Judgement is Nigh!!! |
| 10.29.04 (7:04 am) [edit] |
[b]Ugly, Tasteless, Terrifying and Wild... Count Me In!
He's been America's most unorthodox political commentator for more than 30 years. But for Dr Hunter S Thompson the Bush presidency is evil beyond belief - and judgment is nigh by Hunter S. Thompson [/b] The genetically vicious nature of presidential campaigns in America is too obvious to argue with, but some people call it fun, and I am one of them. Election day - especially when it's a presidential election - is always a wild and terrifying time for politics junkies, and I am one of those, too. We look forward to major election days like sex addicts look forward to orgies. We are slaves to them.
Which is not a bad thing, all in all, for the winners. They are not the ones who bitch and whine about slavery when the votes are finally counted and the losers are forced to get down on their knees. No. The slaves who emerge victorious from these drastic public decisions go crazy with joy and plunge each other into deep tubs of chilled Cristal champagne with naked strangers who want to be close to a winner.
That is how it works in the victory business. You see it every time. The weak suck up to the strong, for fear of losing their jobs and money and all the fickle power they wielded only 24 hours ago. It is like suddenly losing your wife and your home in a vagrant poker game, then having to go on the road with whoremongers and beg for your dinner in public. Nobody wants to hire a loser. Right? They stink of doom and defeat.
"What is that horrible smell in the office, Tex? It's making me sick."
"That is the smell of a loser, senator. He came in to apply for a job, but we tossed him out immediately. Sgt Sloat took him down to the parking lot and taught him a lesson he will never forget."
"Good work, Tex. And how are you coming with my new enemies list? I want them all locked up. They are scum."
"We will punish them brutally. They are terrorist sympathizers, and most of them voted against you. I hate those bastards."
"Thank you, Sloat. You are a faithful servant. Come over here and kneel down. I want to reward you."
That is the nature of high-risk politics. Veni, vidi, vici, especially among Republicans. It's like the ancient Bedouin saying: "As the camel falls to its knees, more knives are drawn."
Presidential politics is a vicious business, even for rich white men, and anybody who gets into it should be prepared to grapple with the meanest of the mean. The White House has never been seized by timid warriors. There are no rules, and the roadside is littered with wreckage. That is why they call it the passing lane. Just ask any candidate who ever ran against George Bush - Al Gore, Ann Richards, John McCain - all of them ambushed and vanquished by lies and dirty tricks. And all of them still whining about it.
That is why George W Bush is President of the United States, and Al Gore is not. Bush simply wanted it more, and he was willing to demolish anything that got in his way, including the US Supreme Court. It is not by accident that the Bush White House (read: Dick Cheney & Halliburton Inc) controls all three branches of our federal government today. They are powerful thugs who would far rather die than lose the election in November.
The Republican establishment is haunted by painful memories of what happened to Old Man Bush in 1992. He peaked too early, and he had no response to "It's the economy, stupid." Which has always been the case. Every GOP administration since 1952 has let the Military-Industrial Complex loot the Treasury and plunge the nation into debt on the excuse of a wartime economic emergency. Richard Nixon comes quickly to mind, along with Ronald Reagan and his ridiculous "trickle-down" theory of US economic policy. If the rich get richer, the theory goes, before long their pots will overflow and somehow "trickle down" to the poor, who would rather eat scraps off the Bush family plates than eat nothing at all. Republicans have never approved of democracy, and they never will. It goes back to pre-industrial America, when only white male property owners could vote.
Things haven't changed much where George W Bush comes from. Houston is a cruel, crazy town on a filthy river in East Texas with no zoning laws and a culture of sex, money and violence. It's a shabby, sprawling metropolis ruled by brazen women, crooked cops and super-rich pansexual cowboys who live by the code of the West - which can mean just about anything you need it to mean, in a pinch.
Houston is also the unnatural home of two out of the last three presidents of the United States of America, for good or ill. The other one was a handsome, sex-crazed boy from next-door Arkansas, which has no laws against any deviant practice not specifically forbidden in the New Testament, including anal incest and public cunnilingus with farm animals.
Back in 1948, during his first race for the US Senate, Lyndon Johnson was running about 10 points behind, with only nine days to go. He was desperate. And it was just before noon on a Monday, they say, when he called his equally depressed campaign manager and told him to call a press conference for just before lunch on a slow news day and accuse his high-riding opponent, a pig farmer, of having routine carnal knowledge of his sows, despite the pleas of his wife and children.
His campaign manager was shocked. "We can't say that, Lyndon," he supposedly said. "You know that it isn't true."
"Of course it's not!" Johnson barked. "But let's make the bastard deny it!"
Johnson - a Democrat, like Bill Clinton - won that election by fewer than 100 votes, and after that he was home free. He went on to rule Texas and the US Senate for 20 years and to be the most powerful vice president in the history of the United States. Until now.
Armageddon came early for George Bush this year, and he was not ready for it. His long-awaited showdowns with John Kerry turned into a series of embarrassments that broke his nerve and demoralized his closest campaign advisers. They knew he would never recover, no matter how many votes they could steal for him in Florida, where the presidential debates were closely watched and widely celebrated by millions of Kerry supporters who suddenly had reason to feel like winners.
Kerry came into October as a five-point underdog with almost no chance of winning three out of three rigged confrontations with a treacherous little freak like George Bush. But the debates are over now, and the victor was John Kerry every time. He steamrollered Bush and left him for roadkill.
Did you see Bush on TV, trying to debate? Jesus, he talked like a donkey with no brains at all. The tide turned early, in Coral Gables, when Bush went belly up less than halfway through his first bout with Kerry, who hammered poor George into jelly. It was pitiful... I almost felt sorry for him, until I heard someone call him "Mister President", and then I felt ashamed.
Karl Rove, the President's political wizard, felt even worse. There is angst in the heart of Texas today, and panic in the bowels of the White House. Rove has a nasty little problem, and its name is George Bush. The president failed miserably from the instant he got onstage with John Kerry. He looked weak and dumb. Kerry beat him like a gong in Coral Gables, then again in St Louis and Tempe. That is Rove's problem. His candidate is a weak-minded frat boy who cracks under pressure in front of 60 million voters.
Bush signed his own death warrant in the opening round, when he finally had to speak without his teleprompter. It was a Cinderella story brought up to date in Florida that night - except this time, the false prince turned back into a frog.
Immediately after the first debate ended, I called Muhammad Ali at his home in Michigan, but whoever answered said the champ was laughing so hard that he couldn't come to the phone. "The debate really cracked him up," he chuckled. "The champ loves a good ass-whuppin'. He says Bush looked so scared to fight, he finally just quit and laid down."
This year's first presidential debate was such a disaster for George Bush that his handlers had to be crazy to let him get in the ring with John Kerry again. Yet Karl Rove let it happen, and we can only wonder why. But there is no doubt that the president has lost his nerve, and his career in the White House is finished. No mas.
Indeed. The numbers are weird today, and so is this dangerous election. The time has come to rumble, to inject a bit of fun into politics. That's exactly what the debates did. John Kerry looked like a winner, and it energized his troops. Voting for Kerry is starting to look like serious fun for everyone except poor George, who now looks like a loser. That is fatal in a presidential election.
I look at elections with the cool and dispassionate gaze of a professional gambler, especially when I'm betting real money on the outcome. Contrary to most conventional wisdom, I see Kerry with five points as a recommended risk. Kerry will win this election, if it happens, by a bigger margin than Bush finally gouged out of Florida in 2000. That was about 46 per cent, plus five points for owning the US Supreme Court - which seemed to equal 51 per cent. Nobody really believed that, but George W Bush moved into the White House anyway.
It was the most brutal seizure of power since Hitler burned the Reichstag in 1933 and declared himself the new boss of Germany. Karl Rove is no stranger to Nazi strategy, if only because it worked for a while, and it was sure fun for Hitler. But not for long. He ran out of oil, the whole world hated him, and he liked to gobble pure crystal biphetamine and stay awake for eight days in a row with his maps and bombers and his dope-addled general staff.
They all loved the whiff. It is the perfect drug for war, as long as you are winning, and Hitler thought he was king of the hill forever. He had created a new master race, and every one of them worshipped him. They were fanatics. That was 66 years ago, and things are not much different today. We still love war.
George Bush certainly does. In four short years he has turned our country from a prosperous nation at peace into a desperately indebted nation at war. But so what? He is the President of the United States, and you're not. Love it or leave it.
BULLETIN: KERRY WINS GONZO ENDORSEMENT; DR THOMPSON JOINS DEMOCRAT IN CALLING BUSH "THE SYPHILIS PRESIDENT".
"Four more years of George Bush will be like four more years of syphilis," the famed author said yesterday at a hastily called press conference near his home in Woody Creek, Colorado.
"Only a fool or a sucker would vote for a dangerous loser like Bush. He hates everything we stand for, and he knows we will vote against him in November." Thompson, well known for the eerie accuracy of his political instincts, went on to denounce Ralph Nader as "a worthless Judas goat with no moral compass."
"I endorsed John Kerry a long time ago," he said, "and I will do everything in my power, short of roaming the streets with a meat hammer, to help him be the next president of the United States."
Which is true. I said all those things, and I will say them again. Of course I will vote for John Kerry. I have known him for 30 years as a good man with a brave heart - which is more than even the President's friends will tell you about George W Bush, who is also an old acquaintance from the white-knuckle days of yesteryear. He is hated all over the world, including large parts of Texas, and he is taking us all down with him. Bush is a natural-born loser with a filthy-rich daddy who pimped his son out to rich oil-mongers. He hates music, football and sex, and he is no fun at all.
I voted for Ralph Nader in 2000, but I won't make that mistake again. The joke is over for Nader. He was funny once, but now he belongs to the dead. Nader is a fool, as is anybody who votes for him in November - with the obvious exception of professional Republicans who have paid big money to turn him into a world-famous Judas goat. Nader is so desperate that he's paying homeless people to gather signatures to get him on the ballot. In Pennsylvania, the petitions he submitted contained tens of thousands of phony signatures, including Fred Flintstone, Mickey Mouse and John Kerry. A judge dumped Ralph from the ballot there, calling it "the most deceitful and fraudulent exercise ever perpetrated upon this court".
But they will keep his name on the ballot in the long-suffering Hurricane State, which is ruled by the President's younger brother, Jeb, who also wants to be the next president of the United States. In 2000, when they sent Jim Baker to Florida, I knew it was all over. In that election, 97,488 people voted for Nader in Florida, and Gore lost the state by 537 votes. You don't have to be from Texas to understand the moral of that story. It's like being out-coached in the Super Bowl. Only losers play fair, and all winners have blood on their hands.
Back in June, when John Kerry was beginning to feel like a winner, we had a quick rendezvous on a rain-soaked runway in Aspen, Colorado, where he was scheduled to meet a harem of wealthy campaign contributors. I told him that Bush's vicious goons in the White House are perfectly capable of assassinating Nader and blaming it on him. His staff laughed, but the Secret Service men didn't. Kerry suggested I might make a good running mate, and we reminisced about trying to end the Vietnam War in 1972.
That was the year I first met him, at a riot on that elegant little street in front of the White House. He was yelling into a bullhorn and I was trying to throw a dead rat over a black-spike fence and on to the President's lawn. We were angry and righteous in those days, and there were millions of us. We kicked two chief executives out because they were stupid warmongers. We conquered Lyndon Johnson and we stomped on Richard Nixon - which wise people said was impossible, but so what? It was fun. We were warriors then, and our tribe was strong like a river. That river is still running. All we have to do is get out and vote, while it's still legal, and we will wash those crooked warmongers out of the White House. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Plays at "Looking" Tough; But Really Is a Depraved Coward & Dangerously Stupid Man!!! |
| 10.29.04 (6:53 am) [edit] |
As the final week of the campaign season expires, George W. Bush has boiled his one-theme campaign message down to a few phrases: He is “strong” and will “stay the course,” but Senator John Kerry has a “record of weakness” and will “cut and run” in the face of terrorism. In these same days, a remarkable series by Tim Golden in the New York Times has given us one more look into what Bush’s policy has meant in practice. Golden’s subject is the creation of the military commissions to try the prisoners being held in Guantánamo. A small, tightly knit cabal of right-wing lawyers led by Vice President Cheney and Defense Secretary Rumsfeld conspired in secret (even the President’s national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, and Secretary of State Colin Powell were kept in the dark) to rewrite the laws of the United States (the Constitution) and the world (mainly the Geneva Conventions) to license a free hand in interrogating the Guantánamo prisoners.
After the President had made the innovation public, Cheney stated, “We think it guarantees that we’ll have the kind of treatment of these individuals that we believe they deserve.” What they deserved, as it has turned out, was to be tortured: stripped naked, beaten, kept sleepless, threatened with dogs. Those practices—all but the beatings secretly licensed by Rumsfeld—were aimed at acquiring information needed to prosecute the “war on terror.”
But no proceedings were brought. An unexpected problem arose. The prisoners neither possessed the desired information nor had committed the offenses for which the system of drumhead justice had been instituted. One commander of Guantánamo, Maj. Gen. Michael Dunlavey, even went to Afghanistan to complain that he was being provided with the wrong prisoners. “General, please shut up and go home,” he was told, according to an officer familiar with the mission.
Resolve had been shown, the Constitution had been circumnavigated, international law had been set aside, the prisoners had been abused, the course had been stayed, but the results were nil. So far, not a single inmate of Guantánamo has been brought before a commission, much less convicted.
Golden’s story in fact fits into a pattern. Here at home, Attorney General Ashcroft has overseen the detention of some 5,000 people on suspicion of terrorism. But not one has been successfully convicted of terrorism—the only conviction obtained having been thrown out by a federal judge in Detroit.
At Abu Ghraib, the story was the same. The torture there included the scenes of degradation and depravity made known in the infamous photographs taken by the torturers, but so far no one has suggested that information of value was thereby obtained. According to military estimates, up to 80 percent of the inmates were innocent even of involvement with the resistance movement.
The case of Yaser Hamdi, one of the few American citizens labeled an “enemy combatant” and locked away incommunicado in a Navy brig and stripped of all rights, produced the same result. As soon as the Supreme Court ordered that he had to be given judicial recourse, the Administration released him and packed him off to Saudi Arabia. No charges were brought, and none, of course, proven. Pushed to show its cards, the Administration folded. Hamdi is merely barred by agreement with Saudi Arabia from leaving that country for five years. This is what “staying the course” has come down to in his case. (In Saudi Arabia, he is as invisible as he was in the American brig.)
The point is not—heaven forbid!—that if actual terrorists had been present among the Guantánamo population, or the Ashcroft 5,000, or the prisoners of Abu Ghraib, or the “enemy combatants,” then torture would be justified. It is that the endeavor cited by the President as the raison d’être of his Administration, and therefore of his claim to a second term—protecting the United States against terrorists—is hollow in its own terms. Even Bush’s abuses are frauds—not the abuses themselves, of course, which are all too revoltingly real, but the ends in whose name they are carried out.
The generalization seems to apply not just to the judicial abuses but to the entire “war on terror.” We now know—in another recent discovery by the Times—that the Bush Administration permitted 380 tons of high explosives to be looted from a bunker in Iraq. Last year, we learned that Iraq’s nuclear repositories had been likewise left unguarded and likewise looted. But it’s too late in the day to be surprised by any of these discoveries. For what was the Iraq war itself but a gigantic diversion from the threat of Al Qaeda—a pursuit of the double mirage of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and Iraqi collaboration with Al Qaeda? In Iraq as in Guantánamo, the Administration took extreme measures to meet nonexistent threats. Even the war in Afghanistan, though now approved on all sides, missed its designated target. It’s true that overthrowing the Taliban government there was a serious blow to its partner, Osama bin Laden. Yet it is a fact not to be forgotten that the Taliban was not the prime objective of the military campaign; bin Laden was, and bin Laden got away.
Across the board, from Guantánamo to Baghdad, it turns out that this Administration has done things (lock up and torment thousands, overthrow states) not because doing them advanced the cause but because it could do them.
But then why do them? A clue is offered in a comment by Timothy Flanigan, former deputy White House counsel, who commented that the establishment of the useless military commissions “communicated the message that we were at war, that this was not going to be business as usual.” As I write, the President is communicating that message with a vengeance. He hopes thereby to win a second term. But he lies. For “communicating,” not accomplishing, seems to have been the aim all along.
We arrive at a radical but inescapable conclusion. The Administration has wanted above all not to be strong but to look strong. The actuality of strength has been sacrificed to the appearance. Sometimes, these procedures have been called “incompetent,” but this misses the point. For as appearances, the actions have been brilliant. They may win George W. Bush a second term. Unless, reader, by the time you read this, you have voted him out of office. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Plays at "Looking" Tough; But Really Is a Depraved Coward & Dangerously Stupid Man!!! |
| 10.29.04 (6:53 am) [edit] |
As the final week of the campaign season expires, George W. Bush has boiled his one-theme campaign message down to a few phrases: He is “strong” and will “stay the course,” but Senator John Kerry has a “record of weakness” and will “cut and run” in the face of terrorism. In these same days, a remarkable series by Tim Golden in the New York Times has given us one more look into what Bush’s policy has meant in practice. Golden’s subject is the creation of the military commissions to try the prisoners being held in Guantánamo. A small, tightly knit cabal of right-wing lawyers led by Vice President Cheney and Defense Secretary Rumsfeld conspired in secret (even the President’s national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, and Secretary of State Colin Powell were kept in the dark) to rewrite the laws of the United States (the Constitution) and the world (mainly the Geneva Conventions) to license a free hand in interrogating the Guantánamo prisoners.
After the President had made the innovation public, Cheney stated, “We think it guarantees that we’ll have the kind of treatment of these individuals that we believe they deserve.” What they deserved, as it has turned out, was to be tortured: stripped naked, beaten, kept sleepless, threatened with dogs. Those practices—all but the beatings secretly licensed by Rumsfeld—were aimed at acquiring information needed to prosecute the “war on terror.”
But no proceedings were brought. An unexpected problem arose. The prisoners neither possessed the desired information nor had committed the offenses for which the system of drumhead justice had been instituted. One commander of Guantánamo, Maj. Gen. Michael Dunlavey, even went to Afghanistan to complain that he was being provided with the wrong prisoners. “General, please shut up and go home,” he was told, according to an officer familiar with the mission.
Resolve had been shown, the Constitution had been circumnavigated, international law had been set aside, the prisoners had been abused, the course had been stayed, but the results were nil. So far, not a single inmate of Guantánamo has been brought before a commission, much less convicted.
Golden’s story in fact fits into a pattern. Here at home, Attorney General Ashcroft has overseen the detention of some 5,000 people on suspicion of terrorism. But not one has been successfully convicted of terrorism—the only conviction obtained having been thrown out by a federal judge in Detroit.
At Abu Ghraib, the story was the same. The torture there included the scenes of degradation and depravity made known in the infamous photographs taken by the torturers, but so far no one has suggested that information of value was thereby obtained. According to military estimates, up to 80 percent of the inmates were innocent even of involvement with the resistance movement.
The case of Yaser Hamdi, one of the few American citizens labeled an “enemy combatant” and locked away incommunicado in a Navy brig and stripped of all rights, produced the same result. As soon as the Supreme Court ordered that he had to be given judicial recourse, the Administration released him and packed him off to Saudi Arabia. No charges were brought, and none, of course, proven. Pushed to show its cards, the Administration folded. Hamdi is merely barred by agreement with Saudi Arabia from leaving that country for five years. This is what “staying the course” has come down to in his case. (In Saudi Arabia, he is as invisible as he was in the American brig.)
The point is not—heaven forbid!—that if actual terrorists had been present among the Guantánamo population, or the Ashcroft 5,000, or the prisoners of Abu Ghraib, or the “enemy combatants,” then torture would be justified. It is that the endeavor cited by the President as the raison d’être of his Administration, and therefore of his claim to a second term—protecting the United States against terrorists—is hollow in its own terms. Even Bush’s abuses are frauds—not the abuses themselves, of course, which are all too revoltingly real, but the ends in whose name they are carried out.
The generalization seems to apply not just to the judicial abuses but to the entire “war on terror.” We now know—in another recent discovery by the Times—that the Bush Administration permitted 380 tons of high explosives to be looted from a bunker in Iraq. Last year, we learned that Iraq’s nuclear repositories had been likewise left unguarded and likewise looted. But it’s too late in the day to be surprised by any of these discoveries. For what was the Iraq war itself but a gigantic diversion from the threat of Al Qaeda—a pursuit of the double mirage of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and Iraqi collaboration with Al Qaeda? In Iraq as in Guantánamo, the Administration took extreme measures to meet nonexistent threats. Even the war in Afghanistan, though now approved on all sides, missed its designated target. It’s true that overthrowing the Taliban government there was a serious blow to its partner, Osama bin Laden. Yet it is a fact not to be forgotten that the Taliban was not the prime objective of the military campaign; bin Laden was, and bin Laden got away.
Across the board, from Guantánamo to Baghdad, it turns out that this Administration has done things (lock up and torment thousands, overthrow states) not because doing them advanced the cause but because it could do them.
But then why do them? A clue is offered in a comment by Timothy Flanigan, former deputy White House counsel, who commented that the establishment of the useless military commissions “communicated the message that we were at war, that this was not going to be business as usual.” As I write, the President is communicating that message with a vengeance. He hopes thereby to win a second term. But he lies. For “communicating,” not accomplishing, seems to have been the aim all along.
We arrive at a radical but inescapable conclusion. The Administration has wanted above all not to be strong but to look strong. The actuality of strength has been sacrificed to the appearance. Sometimes, these procedures have been called “incompetent,” but this misses the point. For as appearances, the actions have been brilliant. They may win George W. Bush a second term. Unless, reader, by the time you read this, you have voted him out of office. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Plays at "Looking" Tough; But Really Is a Depraved Coward & Dangerously Stupid Man!!! |
| 10.29.04 (6:53 am) [edit] |
As the final week of the campaign season expires, George W. Bush has boiled his one-theme campaign message down to a few phrases: He is “strong” and will “stay the course,” but Senator John Kerry has a “record of weakness” and will “cut and run” in the face of terrorism. In these same days, a remarkable series by Tim Golden in the New York Times has given us one more look into what Bush’s policy has meant in practice. Golden’s subject is the creation of the military commissions to try the prisoners being held in Guantánamo. A small, tightly knit cabal of right-wing lawyers led by Vice President Cheney and Defense Secretary Rumsfeld conspired in secret (even the President’s national security adviser, Condoleezza Rice, and Secretary of State Colin Powell were kept in the dark) to rewrite the laws of the United States (the Constitution) and the world (mainly the Geneva Conventions) to license a free hand in interrogating the Guantánamo prisoners.
After the President had made the innovation public, Cheney stated, “We think it guarantees that we’ll have the kind of treatment of these individuals that we believe they deserve.” What they deserved, as it has turned out, was to be tortured: stripped naked, beaten, kept sleepless, threatened with dogs. Those practices—all but the beatings secretly licensed by Rumsfeld—were aimed at acquiring information needed to prosecute the “war on terror.”
But no proceedings were brought. An unexpected problem arose. The prisoners neither possessed the desired information nor had committed the offenses for which the system of drumhead justice had been instituted. One commander of Guantánamo, Maj. Gen. Michael Dunlavey, even went to Afghanistan to complain that he was being provided with the wrong prisoners. “General, please shut up and go home,” he was told, according to an officer familiar with the mission.
Resolve had been shown, the Constitution had been circumnavigated, international law had been set aside, the prisoners had been abused, the course had been stayed, but the results were nil. So far, not a single inmate of Guantánamo has been brought before a commission, much less convicted.
Golden’s story in fact fits into a pattern. Here at home, Attorney General Ashcroft has overseen the detention of some 5,000 people on suspicion of terrorism. But not one has been successfully convicted of terrorism—the only conviction obtained having been thrown out by a federal judge in Detroit.
At Abu Ghraib, the story was the same. The torture there included the scenes of degradation and depravity made known in the infamous photographs taken by the torturers, but so far no one has suggested that information of value was thereby obtained. According to military estimates, up to 80 percent of the inmates were innocent even of involvement with the resistance movement.
The case of Yaser Hamdi, one of the few American citizens labeled an “enemy combatant” and locked away incommunicado in a Navy brig and stripped of all rights, produced the same result. As soon as the Supreme Court ordered that he had to be given judicial recourse, the Administration released him and packed him off to Saudi Arabia. No charges were brought, and none, of course, proven. Pushed to show its cards, the Administration folded. Hamdi is merely barred by agreement with Saudi Arabia from leaving that country for five years. This is what “staying the course” has come down to in his case. (In Saudi Arabia, he is as invisible as he was in the American brig.)
The point is not—heaven forbid!—that if actual terrorists had been present among the Guantánamo population, or the Ashcroft 5,000, or the prisoners of Abu Ghraib, or the “enemy combatants,” then torture would be justified. It is that the endeavor cited by the President as the raison d’être of his Administration, and therefore of his claim to a second term—protecting the United States against terrorists—is hollow in its own terms. Even Bush’s abuses are frauds—not the abuses themselves, of course, which are all too revoltingly real, but the ends in whose name they are carried out.
The generalization seems to apply not just to the judicial abuses but to the entire “war on terror.” We now know—in another recent discovery by the Times—that the Bush Administration permitted 380 tons of high explosives to be looted from a bunker in Iraq. Last year, we learned that Iraq’s nuclear repositories had been likewise left unguarded and likewise looted. But it’s too late in the day to be surprised by any of these discoveries. For what was the Iraq war itself but a gigantic diversion from the threat of Al Qaeda—a pursuit of the double mirage of Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and Iraqi collaboration with Al Qaeda? In Iraq as in Guantánamo, the Administration took extreme measures to meet nonexistent threats. Even the war in Afghanistan, though now approved on all sides, missed its designated target. It’s true that overthrowing the Taliban government there was a serious blow to its partner, Osama bin Laden. Yet it is a fact not to be forgotten that the Taliban was not the prime objective of the military campaign; bin Laden was, and bin Laden got away.
Across the board, from Guantánamo to Baghdad, it turns out that this Administration has done things (lock up and torment thousands, overthrow states) not because doing them advanced the cause but because it could do them.
But then why do them? A clue is offered in a comment by Timothy Flanigan, former deputy White House counsel, who commented that the establishment of the useless military commissions “communicated the message that we were at war, that this was not going to be business as usual.” As I write, the President is communicating that message with a vengeance. He hopes thereby to win a second term. But he lies. For “communicating,” not accomplishing, seems to have been the aim all along.
We arrive at a radical but inescapable conclusion. The Administration has wanted above all not to be strong but to look strong. The actuality of strength has been sacrificed to the appearance. Sometimes, these procedures have been called “incompetent,” but this misses the point. For as appearances, the actions have been brilliant. They may win George W. Bush a second term. Unless, reader, by the time you read this, you have voted him out of office. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Puts Our Children's Health At Risk: National Dietary Guidelines Changed to Favor Industry |
| 10.29.04 (6:44 am) [edit] |
The federal Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee, appointed last year by the U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Health and Human Services, has rewritten national dietary guidelines for the American public in a manner that is "so vague as to be meaningless," a group of national nutrition experts is charging. [1]
According to OMB Watch http://www.ombwatch.org/ , a nonprofit government watchdog organization, one reason for the watering down of federal recommendations for the consumption of carbohydrates, sugars and fats appears to be that the committee is stacked with members who have strong ties to the food, drug and dietary supplement industries. [2]
The committee includes members with ties to the American Council on Science and Health (an industry-supported group that repeatedly downplays food-related concerns, including those about trans fats); the International Food Information Council; Campbell Soup Company; Procter & Gamble; American Egg Board; the Peanut Institute; the American Cocoa Research Institute; the Sugar Association: the Kellogg Company; Warner-Lambert; National Dairy Council; National Dairy Board; Kraft; and the Wisconsin Milk Marketing Board. [3]
However, the actual data in the committee report supporting the new, albeit vague, recommendations is solid, said Margo Wootan, of the Center for Science in the Public Interest http://www.cspinet.org/ . "Now they just need to put it into language people can follow when they go to the grocery store or to a restaurant," she told BushGreenwatch http://www.bushgreenwatch.org... .
At issue are such vaguely worded guidelines as, "Choose fats wisely for good health," and "Choose carbohydrates wisely for good health." These would replace previous statements that gave more specific advice, such as "Choose a diet that is low in saturated fat and cholesterol and moderate in total fat," and "Choose beverages and foods to moderate your intake of sugars."
The letter, signed by 25 nutrition experts from universities across the country, points out that most Americans "are not nutritionists" and need clearer direction on what constitutes a healthy diet. The nutritionists propose language that clearly lays out what people should and should not eat, such as "eat less cheese, beef, pork, whole and 2% milk, egg yolks, pastries and other foods that are high in saturated fat, trans fat or cholesterol."
"People do not eat nutrients, they eat food," the letter states. "Providing advice about which foods to eat more of or less of is easier to understand and more effective than focusing on nutrients."
The letter also suggests that a guideline be included telling people to "drink fewer soft drinks and limit cake, cookies, frozen desserts, and other foods rich in refined sugars." [4]
OMB Watch reports that Sen. Peter Fitzgerald (R-IL) has been concerned about industry influence over federal dietary guidelines. Fitzgerald introduced a bill last year that would have given the responsibility of issuing guidelines to the Institute of Medicine. "Putting the USDA in charge of dietary advice is in some respects like putting the fox in charge of the henhouse," he told [i]Congress Daily[/i]. [5]
###
[b]SOURCES[/b]: http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
[1] Letter to Kathryn McMurry, HHS Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, from 25 nutrition experts, Sep. 21, 2004. [2] "Industry Influence Weakens USDA Dietary Guidelines," OMB Watch, The OMB Watcher, Vol. 5, Oct. 4, 2004. [3] OMBwatch, op. cit. [4] Letter, op. cit. [5] OMBwatch, op. cit.
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Puts Our Children's Health At Risk: National Dietary Guidelines Changed to Favor Industry |
| 10.29.04 (6:43 am) [edit] |
The federal Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee, appointed last year by the U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Health and Human Services, has rewritten national dietary guidelines for the American public in a manner that is "so vague as to be meaningless," a group of national nutrition experts is charging. [1]
According to OMB Watch http://www.ombwatch.org/ , a nonprofit government watchdog organization, one reason for the watering down of federal recommendations for the consumption of carbohydrates, sugars and fats appears to be that the committee is stacked with members who have strong ties to the food, drug and dietary supplement industries. [2]
The committee includes members with ties to the American Council on Science and Health (an industry-supported group that repeatedly downplays food-related concerns, including those about trans fats); the International Food Information Council; Campbell Soup Company; Procter & Gamble; American Egg Board; the Peanut Institute; the American Cocoa Research Institute; the Sugar Association: the Kellogg Company; Warner-Lambert; National Dairy Council; National Dairy Board; Kraft; and the Wisconsin Milk Marketing Board. [3]
However, the actual data in the committee report supporting the new, albeit vague, recommendations is solid, said Margo Wootan, of the Center for Science in the Public Interest http://www.cspinet.org/ . "Now they just need to put it into language people can follow when they go to the grocery store or to a restaurant," she told BushGreenwatch http://www.bushgreenwatch.org... .
At issue are such vaguely worded guidelines as, "Choose fats wisely for good health," and "Choose carbohydrates wisely for good health." These would replace previous statements that gave more specific advice, such as "Choose a diet that is low in saturated fat and cholesterol and moderate in total fat," and "Choose beverages and foods to moderate your intake of sugars."
The letter, signed by 25 nutrition experts from universities across the country, points out that most Americans "are not nutritionists" and need clearer direction on what constitutes a healthy diet. The nutritionists propose language that clearly lays out what people should and should not eat, such as "eat less cheese, beef, pork, whole and 2% milk, egg yolks, pastries and other foods that are high in saturated fat, trans fat or cholesterol."
"People do not eat nutrients, they eat food," the letter states. "Providing advice about which foods to eat more of or less of is easier to understand and more effective than focusing on nutrients."
The letter also suggests that a guideline be included telling people to "drink fewer soft drinks and limit cake, cookies, frozen desserts, and other foods rich in refined sugars." [4]
OMB Watch reports that Sen. Peter Fitzgerald (R-IL) has been concerned about industry influence over federal dietary guidelines. Fitzgerald introduced a bill last year that would have given the responsibility of issuing guidelines to the Institute of Medicine. "Putting the USDA in charge of dietary advice is in some respects like putting the fox in charge of the henhouse," he told [i]Congress Daily[/i]. [5]
###
[b]SOURCES[/b]: http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
[1] Letter to Kathryn McMurry, HHS Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, from 25 nutrition experts, Sep. 21, 2004. [2] "Industry Influence Weakens USDA Dietary Guidelines," OMB Watch, The OMB Watcher, Vol. 5, Oct. 4, 2004. [3] OMBwatch, op. cit. [4] Letter, op. cit. [5] OMBwatch, op. cit.
|
|
|
| |
| * Bush Puts Our Children's Health At Risk: National Dietary Guidelines Changed to Favor Industry |
| 10.29.04 (6:43 am) [edit] |
The federal Dietary Guidelines Advisory Committee, appointed last year by the U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Health and Human Services, has rewritten national dietary guidelines for the American public in a manner that is "so vague as to be meaningless," a group of national nutrition experts is charging. [1]
According to OMB Watch http://www.ombwatch.org/ , a nonprofit government watchdog organization, one reason for the watering down of federal recommendations for the consumption of carbohydrates, sugars and fats appears to be that the committee is stacked with members who have strong ties to the food, drug and dietary supplement industries. [2]
The committee includes members with ties to the American Council on Science and Health (an industry-supported group that repeatedly downplays food-related concerns, including those about trans fats); the International Food Information Council; Campbell Soup Company; Procter & Gamble; American Egg Board; the Peanut Institute; the American Cocoa Research Institute; the Sugar Association: the Kellogg Company; Warner-Lambert; National Dairy Council; National Dairy Board; Kraft; and the Wisconsin Milk Marketing Board. [3]
However, the actual data in the committee report supporting the new, albeit vague, recommendations is solid, said Margo Wootan, of the Center for Science in the Public Interest http://www.cspinet.org/ . "Now they just need to put it into language people can follow when they go to the grocery store or to a restaurant," she told BushGreenwatch http://www.bushgreenwatch.org... .
At issue are such vaguely worded guidelines as, "Choose fats wisely for good health," and "Choose carbohydrates wisely for good health." These would replace previous statements that gave more specific advice, such as "Choose a diet that is low in saturated fat and cholesterol and moderate in total fat," and "Choose beverages and foods to moderate your intake of sugars."
The letter, signed by 25 nutrition experts from universities across the country, points out that most Americans "are not nutritionists" and need clearer direction on what constitutes a healthy diet. The nutritionists propose language that clearly lays out what people should and should not eat, such as "eat less cheese, beef, pork, whole and 2% milk, egg yolks, pastries and other foods that are high in saturated fat, trans fat or cholesterol."
"People do not eat nutrients, they eat food," the letter states. "Providing advice about which foods to eat more of or less of is easier to understand and more effective than focusing on nutrients."
The letter also suggests that a guideline be included telling people to "drink fewer soft drinks and limit cake, cookies, frozen desserts, and other foods rich in refined sugars." [4]
OMB Watch reports that Sen. Peter Fitzgerald (R-IL) has been concerned about industry influence over federal dietary guidelines. Fitzgerald introduced a bill last year that would have given the responsibility of issuing guidelines to the Institute of Medicine. "Putting the USDA in charge of dietary advice is in some respects like putting the fox in charge of the henhouse," he told [i]Congress Daily[/i]. [5]
###
[b]SOURCES[/b]: http://www.bushgreenwatch.org...
[1] Letter to Kathryn McMurry, HHS Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, from 25 nutrition experts, Sep. 21, 2004. [2] "Industry Influence Weakens USDA Dietary Guidelines," OMB Watch, The OMB Watcher, Vol. 5, Oct. 4, 2004. [3] OMBwatch, op. cit. [4] Letter, op. cit. [5] OMBwatch, op. cit.
|
|
|
| |
| ..... Republicans Pressed To Halt Voter-Suppression Efforts |
| 10.29.04 (6:40 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON – With political analysts agreeing that voter turnout, especially of minority and youth voters, will likely determine the outcome of next Tuesday’s presidential election, civil and human rights groups are pressing the Republican National Committee (RNC) to call off plans aimed at discouraging people from casting ballots.
At a press conference held in front of RNC headquarters here Thursday, the Leadership Conference on Civil Rights (LCCR), the country’s largest civil and human-rights coalition, demanded that RNC chairman Ed Gillespie ensure that the party does nothing to suppress the vote or try to intimidate voters, particularly in minority communities.
“In state after state, Republican officials and operatives are working to deny American citizens the right to vote,” charged LCCR executive director Wade Henderson. “We’re today to ask the RNC Chairman to put a stop to these activities.”
With the election just four days away and the polls showing a statistical tie between Republican President George W. Bush and his Democratic challenger, Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry, many veteran observers believe that outcome will depend on voter turnout.
Some 105 million voters cast ballots in 2000 in which the Democrat, then-Vice President Al Gore, actually defeated Bush in the popular vote only to lose the electoral count as a result of a controversial decision on the vote count in Florida by a 5-4 majority by the U.S. Supreme Court.
While the Republican secretary of state at the time, Rep. Katherine Harris, certified a Bush victory in Florida by a mere 500-some votes, tens of thousands of eligible voters, mainly African Americans, were either disenfranchised or unable to have their votes counted as a result of malfunctioning voting machines. African Americans were found to have voted for Gore by a greater than eight-to-one margin.
Analysts expect that the turnout next Tuesday turnout will exceed 2000’s by a significant margin. According to Charlie Cook, often referred to as “the pollster’s pollster,” if turnout is less than 115 million, Bush is likely to prevail; more than could well result in a Kerry victory.
According to recent surveys, eight of ten African Americans support Kerry; among Latinos, the margin is estimated as somewhat greater than six in ten. Among voters aged between 18 and 29, Kerry also does well with about 60 percent support. On the other hand, the same groups are those that historically have participated the least in major elections.
Republicans have long tried to suppress minority turnout for precisely because of their presumed allegiance to Democrats; indeed, Supreme Court Chief Justice William Rehnquist, who was nominated to the Court by Richard Nixon in 1971, participated in challenges of minority voters 40 years ago when he was a Republican activist in Arizona. But the party is believed to have mobilized tens of thousands of attorneys and poll-watchers for that purpose this year, particularly in so-called battleground states, such as Florida, Wisconsin, and Ohio.
Last week, LCCR sent letters to both Gillespie and his Democratic counterpart, Terry McAuliffe, expressing concern about published reports regarding plans to mount aggressive challenges to voters Tuesday. The letter cited an article published in ‘U.S. News & World Report’ in which Michigan State Rep. and Bush campaign official John Papageorge was quoted as saying that Republicans could lose the state “if we do not suppress the Detroit vote.” Detroit has one of the highest concentrations of African Americans of any U.S. big city.
While the Democratic National Committee (DNC) replied in writing and met with LCCR officials, Gillespie and the RNC failed to respond, Henderson said at Thursday’s press conference. The Republicans have said that their sole interest is to prevent “vote fraud.”
Over the weekend, the Cleveland Plain Dealer reported that the Ohio Republican party has already challenged the validity of over 35,000 new voter registrations in the state, while Wisconsin Republicans announced plans to initiative what it called “background checks” on newly registered voters. In addition, reports have surfaced of Republican plans to mount aggressive challenges against the credentials of voters in “urban areas” where minority voters are predominant.
The British Broadcasting Company has also disclosed a memo to top Republican officials in Florida identifying voters in predominantly black precincts for possible challenge.
Such efforts, according to Hilary Shelton, director of the Washington Bureau for the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), a member of the LCCR coalition, amount to intimidation. “They are designed to induce fear on the part of newly registered voters, particularly in minority communities,” she said, adding that the RNC should “work with us to empower minority communities, not deny them their fundamental rights.”
“Sometimes, there is a think line between enforcement of election law and voter intimidation,” said Cecilia Munoz, vice president of the National Council of La Raza, a grassroots Latino group. “Selective access to the polls, arbitrary voter purges, and speculative complaints …will diminish or weaken the very process we are trying to energize.”
Adding to these concerns are the facts that the secretaries of state, usually the chief election official at the state level, in four battleground states – Michigan, Missouri, Florida, and Ohio – have taken top campaign posts for Bush and have been accused of manipulating state election laws to restrict voter access on behalf of Republicans.
In Michigan, Secretary of State Terry Lynn Land, who is co-chair of the Bush-Cheney campaign there has been criticized by a federal judge for restricting access to “provisional ballots” by voters unsure of their precinct and failing to take action against voter intimidation efforts in heavily Democratic areas.
In Missouri, Secretary of State Matt Blunt, who is also running for governor and serves as Bush campaign chair, has also restricted access to provisional ballots, authorized an insecure voting system, and used federal funds to promote himself in public-service ads.
Glenda Hood, Florida’s secretary of state, was accused of leading the effort to apply a controversial purge list to disenfranchise black voters and former felons. More recently, she also moved to restrict access to provisional ballots and intervened in a court case to ensure that independent Ralph Nader appeared on the ballot.
Finally, Kenneth Blackwell, Ohio’s secretary state and another co-chair of the Bush campaign in that state, has, among other moves, insisted that registration applications that are not posted on the correct weight paper are to be cancelled, also restricted access to provisional ballots, and issued confusing directives regarding the right of ex-felons to vote.
“In light of the widespread disenfranchisement of minority voters in 2000, it is more important than ever that this November’s election proceed smoothly and equitably,” said Henderson.
Those concerns were also echoed Thursday when an independent group of international election observers sponsored by California-based Global Exchange complained that election officials in two Ohio and three Florida counties have refused requests by the delegation to observe at polling cites and tabulation centers. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| ..... Republicans Pressed To Halt Voter-Suppression Efforts |
| 10.29.04 (6:40 am) [edit] |
WASHINGTON – With political analysts agreeing that voter turnout, especially of minority and youth voters, will likely determine the outcome of next Tuesday’s presidential election, civil and human rights groups are pressing the Republican National Committee (RNC) to call off plans aimed at discouraging people from casting ballots.
At a press conference held in front of RNC headquarters here Thursday, the Leadership Conference on Civil Rights (LCCR), the country’s largest civil and human-rights coalition, demanded that RNC chairman Ed Gillespie ensure that the party does nothing to suppress the vote or try to intimidate voters, particularly in minority communities.
“In state after state, Republican officials and operatives are working to deny American citizens the right to vote,” charged LCCR executive director Wade Henderson. “We’re today to ask the RNC Chairman to put a stop to these activities.”
With the election just four days away and the polls showing a statistical tie between Republican President George W. Bush and his Democratic challenger, Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry, many veteran observers believe that outcome will depend on voter turnout.
Some 105 million voters cast ballots in 2000 in which the Democrat, then-Vice President Al Gore, actually defeated Bush in the popular vote only to lose the electoral count as a result of a controversial decision on the vote count in Florida by a 5-4 majority by the U.S. Supreme Court.
While the Republican secretary of state at the time, Rep. Katherine Harris, certified a Bush victory in Florida by a mere 500-some votes, tens of thousands of eligible voters, mainly African Americans, were either disenfranchised or unable to have their votes counted as a result of malfunctioning voting machines. African Americans were found to have voted for Gore by a greater than eight-to-one margin.
Analysts expect that the turnout next Tuesday turnout will exceed 2000’s by a significant margin. According to Charlie Cook, often referred to as “the pollster’s pollster,” if turnout is less than 115 million, Bush is likely to prevail; more than could well result in a Kerry victory.
According to recent surveys, eight of ten African Americans support Kerry; among Latinos, the margin is estimated as somewhat greater than six in ten. Among voters aged between 18 and 29, Kerry also does well with about 60 percent support. On the other hand, the same groups are those that historically have participated the least in major elections.
Republicans have long tried to suppress minority turnout for precisely because of their presumed allegiance to Democrats; indeed, Supreme Court Chief Justice William Rehnquist, who was nominated to the Court by Richard Nixon in 1971, participated in challenges of minority voters 40 years ago when he was a Republican activist in Arizona. But the party is believed to have mobilized tens of thousands of attorneys and poll-watchers for that purpose this year, particularly in so-called battleground states, such as Florida, Wisconsin, and Ohio.
Last week, LCCR sent letters to both Gillespie and his Democratic counterpart, Terry McAuliffe, expressing concern about published reports regarding plans to mount aggressive challenges to voters Tuesday. The letter cited an article published in ‘U.S. News & World Report’ in which Michigan State Rep. and Bush campaign official John Papageorge was quoted as saying that Republicans could lose the state “if we do not suppress the Detroit vote.” Detroit has one of the highest concentrations of African Americans of any U.S. big city.
While the Democratic National Committee (DNC) replied in writing and met with LCCR officials, Gillespie and the RNC failed to respond, Henderson said at Thursday’s press conference. The Republicans have said that their sole interest is to prevent “vote fraud.”
Over the weekend, the Cleveland Plain Dealer reported that the Ohio Republican party has already challenged the validity of over 35,000 new voter registrations in the state, while Wisconsin Republicans announced plans to initiative what it called “background checks” on newly registered voters. In addition, reports have surfaced of Republican plans to mount aggressive challenges against the credentials of voters in “urban areas” where minority voters are predominant.
The British Broadcasting Company has also disclosed a memo to top Republican officials in Florida identifying voters in predominantly black precincts for possible challenge.
Such efforts, according to Hilary Shelton, director of the Washington Bureau for the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP), a member of the LCCR coalition, amount to intimidation. “They are designed to induce fear on the part of newly registered voters, particularly in minority communities,” she said, adding that the RNC should “work with us to empower minority communities, not deny them their fundamental rights.”
“Sometimes, there is a think line between enforcement of election law and voter intimidation,” said Cecilia Munoz, vice president of the National Council of La Raza, a grassroots Latino group. “Selective access to the polls, arbitrary voter purges, and speculative complaints …will diminish or weaken the very process we are trying to energize.”
Adding to these concerns are the facts that the secretaries of state, usually the chief election official at the state level, in four battleground states – Michigan, Missouri, Florida, and Ohio – have taken top campaign posts for Bush and have been accused of manipulating state election laws to restrict voter access on behalf of Republicans.
In Michigan, Secretary of State Terry Lynn Land, who is co-chair of the Bush-Cheney campaign there has been criticized by a federal judge for restricting access to “provisional ballots” by voters unsure of their precinct and failing to take action against voter intimidation efforts in heavily Democratic areas.
In Missouri, Secretary of State Matt Blunt, who is also running for governor and serves as Bush campaign chair, has also restricted access to provisional ballots, authorized an insecure voting system, and used federal funds to promote himself in public-service ads.
Glenda Hood, Florida’s secretary of state, was accused of leading the effort to apply a controversial purge list to disenfranchise black voters and former felons. More recently, she also moved to restrict access to provisional ballots and intervened in a court case to ensure that independent Ralph Nader appeared on the ballot.
Finally, Kenneth Blackwell, Ohio’s secretary state and another co-chair of the Bush campaign in that state, has, among other moves, insisted that registration applications that are not posted on the correct weight paper are to be cancelled, also restricted access to provisional ballots, and issued confusing directives regarding the right of ex-felons to vote.
“In light of the widespread disenfranchisement of minority voters in 2000, it is more important than ever that this November’s election proceed smoothly and equitably,” said Henderson.
Those concerns were also echoed Thursday when an independent group of international election observers sponsored by California-based Global Exchange complained that election officials in two Ohio and three Florida counties have refused requests by the delegation to observe at polling cites and tabulation centers. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Two Years Before 9/11, Traitor & Liar Bush Was Already Planning To Attack Iraq!!! |
| 10.28.04 (8:01 am) [edit] |
[b]Two Years Before 9/11, Candidate Bush was Already Talking Privately About Attacking Iraq, According to His Former Ghost Writer [/b]
Two years before the September 11 attacks, presidential candidate George W. Bush was already talking privately about the political benefits of attacking Iraq, according to his former ghost writer, who held many conversations with then-Texas Governor Bush in preparation for a planned autobiography.
"He was thinking about invading Iraq in 1999," said author and journalist Mickey Herskowitz. "It was on his mind. He said to me: 'One of the keys to being seen as a great leader is to be seen as a commander-in-chief.' And he said, 'My father had all this political capital built up when he drove the Iraqis out of Kuwait and he wasted it.' He said, 'If I have a chance to invade·.if I had that much capital, I'm not going to waste it. I'm going to get everything passed that I want to get passed and I'm going to have a successful presidency." Herskowitz said that Bush expressed frustration at a lifetime as an underachiever in the shadow of an accomplished father. In aggressive military action, he saw the opportunity to emerge from his father's shadow. The moment, Herskowitz said, came in the wake of the September 11 attacks. "Suddenly, he's at 91 percent in the polls, and he'd barely crawled out of the bunker."
That President Bush and his advisers had Iraq on their minds long before weapons inspectors had finished their work - and long before alleged Iraqi ties with terrorists became a central rationale for war - has been raised elsewhere, including in a book based on recollections of former Treasury Secretary Paul O'Neill. However, Herskowitz was in a unique position to hear Bush's unguarded and unfiltered views on Iraq, war and other matters - well before he became president.
In 1999, Herskowitz struck a deal with the campaign of George W. Bush about a ghost-written autobiography, which was ultimately titled A Charge to Keep : My Journey to the White House, and he and Bush signed a contract in which the two would split the proceeds. The publisher was William Morrow. Herskowitz was given unimpeded access to Bush, and the two met approximately 20 times so Bush could share his thoughts. Herskowitz began working on the book in May, 1999, and says that within two months he had completed and submitted some 10 chapters, with a remaining 4-6 chapters still on his computer. Herskowitz was replaced as Bush's ghostwriter after Bush's handlers concluded that the candidate's views and life experiences were not being cast in a sufficiently positive light.
According to Herskowitz, who has authored more than 30 books, many of them jointly written autobiographies of famous Americans in politics, sports and media (including that of Reagan adviser Michael Deaver), Bush and his advisers were sold on the idea that it was difficult for a president to accomplish an electoral agenda without the record-high approval numbers that accompany successful if modest wars.
The revelations on Bush's attitude toward Iraq emerged recently during two taped interviews of Herskowitz, which included a discussion of a variety of matters, including his continued closeness with the Bush family, indicated by his subsequent selection to pen an authorized biography of Bush's grandfather, written and published last year with the assistance and blessing of the Bush family.
Herskowitz also revealed the following:
--- In 2003, Bush's father indicated to him that he disagreed with his son's invasion of Iraq.
--- Bush admitted that he failed to fulfill his Vietnam-era domestic National Guard service obligation, but claimed that he had been "excused."
--- Bush revealed that after he left his Texas National Guard unit in 1972 under murky circumstances, he never piloted a plane again. That casts doubt on the carefully-choreographed moment of Bush emerging in pilot's garb from a jet on the aircraft carrier USS Abraham Lincoln in 2003 to celebrate "Mission Accomplished" in Iraq. The image, instantly telegraphed around the globe, and subsequent hazy White House statements about his capacity in the cockpit, created the impression that a heroic Bush had played a role in landing the craft.
--- Bush described his own business ventures as "floundering" before campaign officials insisted on recasting them in a positive light.
[b]Read the entire article on: http://www.commondreams.org/h... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| Two Years Before 9/11, Traitor & Liar Bush Was Already Planning To Attack Iraq!!! |
| 10.28.04 (8:01 am) [edit] |
[b]Two Years Before 9/11, Candidate Bush was Already Talking Privately About Attacking Iraq, According to His Former Ghost Writer [/b]
Two years before the September 11 attacks, presidential candidate George W. Bush was already talking privately about the political benefits of attacking Iraq, according to his former ghost writer, who held many conversations with then-Texas Governor Bush in preparation for a planned autobiography.
"He was thinking about invading Iraq in 1999," said author and journalist Mickey Herskowitz. "It was on his mind. He said to me: 'One of the keys to being seen as a great leader is to be seen as a commander-in-chief.' And he said, 'My father had all this political capital built up when he drove the Iraqis out of Kuwait and he wasted it.' He said, 'If I have a chance to invade·.if I had that much capital, I'm not going to waste it. I'm going to get everything passed that I want to get passed and I'm going to have a successful presidency." Herskowitz said that Bush expressed frustration at a lifetime as an underachiever in the shadow of an accomplished father. In aggressive military action, he saw the opportunity to emerge from his father's shadow. The moment, Herskowitz said, came in the wake of the September 11 attacks. "Suddenly, he's at 91 percent in the polls, and he'd barely crawled out of the bunker."
That President Bush and his advisers had Iraq on their minds long before weapons inspectors had finished their work - and long before alleged Iraqi ties with terrorists became a central rationale for war - has been raised elsewhere, including in a book based on recollections of former Treasury Secretary Paul O'Neill. However, Herskowitz was in a unique position to hear Bush's unguarded and unfiltered views on Iraq, war and other matters - well before he became president.
In 1999, Herskowitz struck a deal with the campaign of George W. Bush about a ghost-written autobiography, which was ultimately titled A Charge to Keep : My Journey to the White House, and he and Bush signed a contract in which the two would split the proceeds. The publisher was William Morrow. Herskowitz was given unimpeded access to Bush, and the two met approximately 20 times so Bush could share his thoughts. Herskowitz began working on the book in May, 1999, and says that within two months he had completed and submitted some 10 chapters, with a remaining 4-6 chapters still on his computer. Herskowitz was replaced as Bush's ghostwriter after Bush's handlers concluded that the candidate's views and life experiences were not being cast in a sufficiently positive light.
According to Herskowitz, who has authored more than 30 books, many of them jointly written autobiographies of famous Americans in politics, sports and media (including that of Reagan adviser Michael Deaver), Bush and his advisers were sold on the idea that it was difficult for a president to accomplish an electoral agenda without the record-high approval numbers that accompany successful if modest wars.
The revelations on Bush's attitude toward Iraq emerged recently during two taped interviews of Herskowitz, which included a discussion of a variety of matters, including his continued closeness with the Bush family, indicated by his subsequent selection to pen an authorized biography of Bush's grandfather, written and published last year with the assistance and blessing of the Bush family.
Herskowitz also revealed the following:
--- In 2003, Bush's father indicated to him that he disagreed with his son's invasion of Iraq.
--- Bush admitted that he failed to fulfill his Vietnam-era domestic National Guard service obligation, but claimed that he had been "excused."
--- Bush revealed that after he left his Texas National Guard unit in 1972 under murky circumstances, he never piloted a plane again. That casts doubt on the carefully-choreographed moment of Bush emerging in pilot's garb from a jet on the aircraft carrier USS Abraham Lincoln in 2003 to celebrate "Mission Accomplished" in Iraq. The image, instantly telegraphed around the globe, and subsequent hazy White House statements about his capacity in the cockpit, created the impression that a heroic Bush had played a role in landing the craft.
--- Bush described his own business ventures as "floundering" before campaign officials insisted on recasting them in a positive light.
[b]Read the entire article on: http://www.commondreams.org/h... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| CLUELESS PEOPLE: Studies Show Bush Supporters are Misled on Bush Policies & The News |
| 10.28.04 (7:56 am) [edit] |
[b]Clueless People Love Bush
Studies show Bush supporters are misled on Bush policies and the news by Molly Ivins [/b] [b]Editors note[/b]: Last month, workingforchange ran a piece by comedian Will Durst http://www.workingforchange.c... entitled Stupid people love Bush. Unlike that piece -- which was satirical -- this piece is factual.
Oh, you sweet, innocent, carefree citizens in non-swing states. You have no idea how much fun and slime you are missing.
In the swingers, wolves stalk us mercilessly (as the pro-wolf lobby points out indignantly, no one has ever been killed by wolves on U.S. soil, but try arguing that in the face of the relentless new TV ad campaign). Breaking news everywhere -- 380 tons of high explosives in Iraq left unattended, stock market down to year's low, leading economic indicators down, more tragedy in Iraq, the Swift Boat Liars are back, more Halliburton scandal, George Tenet says the war in Iraq is "wrong" -- it feels like you're dodging meteorites here in the Final Days.
Actually, the best evidence suggests we need to slow way down and go way back, because far from being able to take in anything new, it turns out many of our fellow citizens, especially Bush supporters, are stuck like bugs in amber in some early misperceptions that have never been cleared up.
It seems the majority of Bush supporters, according to recent polls, still believe Saddam Hussein had ties to Al Qaeda and even to 9-11, and that the United States found weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. Many of you are asking how that could possibly be, since everybody knows...
But everybody doesn't know. There it is. And if you are wondering why everybody doesn't know, you can either blame it on the media, always a shrewd move, or take notice that the administration is STILL spreading this same misinformation.
Both Donald Rumsfeld and Bush have publicly acknowledged there is no evidence of any links between Saddam Hussein and Al Qaeda. However, as Dick Cheney campaigns, a standard part of his stump speech is the accusation that Saddam Hussein "had a relationship" with Al Qaeda or "has long-established ties to Al Qaeda." He makes this claim up to the present day. The 9-11 Commission, however, found that there was "no collaborative relationship" between the two.
Cheney, of course, also has never given up his touching faith that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction, recently referring to a "nuclear" program that had in fact been abandoned shortly after the first Gulf War. Bush and Cheney misled the country into war using these two false premises, and it turns out an enormous number of our fellow citizens still believe both of them to be true. It's not because they're stupid, but because an administration they trust is still telling them both phony propositions are true.
Normally, when you get a situation like that -- where people are simply not acknowledging reality -- it is considered a cult, a form of groupthink based on irrational beliefs propagated by what is normally a charismatic leader. So those Kerry volunteers earnestly engaging Bush supporters on the latest outrage are way off base. They need to go all the way back to the Two Great Lies that got us into this: Many American soldiers marching into Iraq believed it was "payback for 9-11."
A third slightly blinding fact (to me) is that more people now think Kerry behaved shamefully in regards to Vietnam than did W. Bush. Incredible what brazen lying will do, isn't it?
A friend of Bush's dad got him into the "champagne unit" of the Texas Air National Guard, a unit packed with the sons of the privileged trying to stay out of Vietnam, and he failed to complete his service there. Kerry is a genuine, bona fide war hero. The men who served on his boat are supporting him for president, but those who didn't serve with him, who weren't there, who don't know what happened, have been given more credence. Wolves will get you!
In further unhappy evidence of how ill-informed the American people are (blame the media), the Program on International Policy Attitudes found Bush supporters consistently ill-informed about Bush's stands on the issues (Kerry-ans, by contrast, are overwhelmingly right about his positions). Eighty-seven percent of Bush supporters think he favors putting labor and environmental standards into international trade agreements. Eighty percent of Bush supporters believe Bush wants to participate in the treaty banning landmines. Seventy-six percent of Bush supporters believe Bush wants to participate in the treaty banning nuclear weapons testing. Sixty-two percent believe Bush would participate in the International Criminal Court. Sixty-one percent believe Bush wants to participate in the Kyoto Treaty on global warming. Fifty-three percent does not believe Bush is building a missile defense system, a.k.a. "Star Wars."
The only two Bush stands the majority of his supporters got right were on increasing defense spending and who should write the new Iraqi constitution.
Kerry supporters, by contrast, know their man on seven out of eight issues, with only 43 percent understanding he wants to keep defense spending the same but change how the money is spent, and 57 percent believing he wants to up it.
So what's going on here? I do not think Kerry people are smarter than Bush people, so why are they better-informed? Maybe a small percentage of ideological right-wingers don't believe anything the Establishment media say, but I don't think this is a matter of not believing what they hear, but of not hearing what's factual.
The great triumph of the political right in this country has been the creation of a network of alternative media. There are people who listen to Rush Limbaugh for more hours every day than the Branch Davidians listened to David Koresh. Watch Fox News, read The Washington Times -- hey, that's what the Bush administration does, according to its own words.
But it's not just the right-wing media purveying lies -- they are quoting the administration. These misimpressions come directly from the Bush administration, still, over and over. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| A Nation Deceived: The Scope of Bush's Deception of Americans is Unprecedented!!! |
| 10.28.04 (7:54 am) [edit] |
Why will so many Americans buy images of national leaders that are so at odds with so much evidence? This troubling question is crucial because the American democracy was founded on the notion that the truth will emerge in the deliberations of a free people.
Fear is surely a factor, especially so since our country came under attack three years ago. When we're afraid, we lose our tolerance for ambiguity. Black-and-white thinking is in: You're either for us or against us. When in the grip of fear, we crave certainty, because uncertainty magnifies the feeling of vulnerability. So a leader who shows no doubt, who doesn't even entertain second thoughts, is comforting for the fearful. The more afraid we are, the more we shift into a part of the brain where rational analysis does not govern.
It is when people do not think critically that they are most manipulable, and fear is but one force that has eroded America's capacity for critical thought. Over recent generations, the most mighty of our "educational institutions" - advertising - systematically has worked to teach us to mistake the appealing image for the reality, the sizzle for the steak. Those taught to buy cigarettes to make themselves glamorous can be persuaded to buy incompetent leadership to make them safe.
Many Americans more recently have been still further trained away from habits of critical thinking by the powerful subculture of intellectually irresponsible right-wing media.
For more than a decade, radio talk-show host Rush Limbaugh has taken millions of Americans on a daily excursion that panders to their prejudices, never challenging them to reconsider their ideas, always encouraging them to blame all their problems on identifiable others.
The voice leading them on these excursions radiates the aura of certainty, despite the vast ignorance underneath, and shows no scruples about distorting facts to reach a desired conclusion. These daily forays into comforting falsehoods have forged in the minds of millions of Americans a path down which fine-sounding messages unmoored from reality could more readily travel.
But there are still older paths in the American psyche that have been available for adept political manipulators.
One of the most powerful ways of bypassing critical rationality in America has long been the posture of religious piety and moralism. "These leaders must have integrity, they're so religious," I heard on a radio call-in show. People who have been betrayed by the false piety of the Jimmy Swaggarts and Jim Bakkers of the world will still assume that one who speaks often enough of his great faith can be trusted.
There is another venerable template in American political culture: the pattern of rhetoric by which governing elites inflame peripheral issues to distract their followers from seeing the truth of their exploitation.
In the South, race long served as the inflammatory distraction to enable the few to dominate the many. In our times, the pseudo-alliance to preserve white purity has been largely replaced by a pseudo-alliance to maintain moral purity. What's not noticed is that while the leaders just keep these hot-button moral issues (such as abortion and gay rights) festering, unresolved, they make sure that the agenda of the rich and powerful (the regressive tax cuts, the dismantling of environmental regulation, etc.) actually gets accomplished.
While the con itself is not new, the scope of today's successful deception of the American people is unprecedented.
The powerful used to just take what they wanted by the sword. The rise of democracy required the powerful to trade in the sword for the con job: Just manipulate the people into choosing against their true interests. It is only when the people can see through the lies that they can reclaim the power that is their birthright as citizens of this American democracy.
[b]Andrew Bard Schmookler is the author of "The Parable of the Tribes: The Problem of Power in Social Evolution". [/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| BEFORE ANY VOTES CAST: Florida's Computers Already Counted Thousands of Votes for George W. Bush!!! |
| 10.28.04 (7:50 am) [edit] |
Before one vote was cast in early voting this week in Florida, the new touch-screen computer voting machines of Florida started out with a several-thousand vote lead for George W. Bush. That is, the mechanics of the new digital democracy boxes "spoil" votes at a predictably high rate in African-American precincts, effectively voiding enough votes cast for John Kerry to in a tight race, keep the White House safe from the will of the voters.
[b]Read entire story on: http://www.commondreams.org/h... ...[/b]
|
|
|
| |
| BEFORE ANY VOTES CAST: Florida's Computers Already Counted Thousands of Votes for George W. Bush!!! |
| 10.28.04 (7:48 am) [edit] |
Before one vote was cast in early voting this week in Florida, the new touch-screen computer voting machines of Florida started out with a several-thousand vote lead for George W. Bush. That is, the mechanics of the new digital democracy boxes "spoil" votes at a predictably high rate in African-American precincts, effectively voiding enough votes cast for John Kerry to in a tight race, keep the White House safe from the will of the voters.
[b]Read entire story on: http://www.commondreams.org/h... ...[/b]
|
|
|
| |
| DYNAMITE! Documents Show Bush and Blair Secretly Planned War MONTHS before Invasion |
| 10.27.04 (7:51 am) [edit] |
Independent: "Secret plans for the war in Iraq were passed to British Army chiefs by US defence planners five months before the invasion was launched, a court martial heard yesterday. The revelation strengthened suspicions that Tony Blair gave his agreement to President George Bush to go to war while the diplomatic efforts to force Saddam Hussein to comply with UN resolutions were continuing. Alan Simpson, the leader of Labour Against the War, said the documents were "dynamite", if genuine, and showed that Clare Short was right to assert in her book, serialised in The Independent, that Mr Blair had "knowingly misled" Parliament. The plans were revealed during the court martial of L/Cpl Ian Blaymire, 23, from Leeds, who is charged with the manslaughter of a comrade while serving in Iraq. Sgt John Nightingale, 32, a reservist from Guiseley, West Yorkshire, died after being shot in the chest on 23 September last year."
[b]More[/b] http://news.independent.co.uk...
|
|
|
| |
| COURAGE UNDER FIRE |
| 10.27.04 (7:51 am) [edit] |
If America is attacked again, do we want a leader who charges into enemy fire - or reads "The Pet Goat"? Watch the Flash - and decide.
[b]More[/b] http://countdownelection.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| The Real Dick Cheney (To the tune of Eminem's 'The Real Slim Shady') |
| 10.27.04 (7:50 am) [edit] |
"See y'all are suckers I send your kids to fight and die in war so I can get rich while you stay poor Yeah I skipped 'nam, keep my ass alive I got deferments countin' one two three four five And you know all I'm taken from Halliburton's got you hurtin' Cause its comin' out of your pocket and into my wad I don't give a damn if you got a job or a home or a family or a son or a daughter I certainly don't care if you got clean water And my voting machines - they're made to order!"
[b]More[/b] http://therealdickcheney.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| For Nuclear Safety, the Choice is Clear: Vote for John Kerry!!! |
| 10.27.04 (7:46 am) [edit] |
John Kerry and George W. Bush agree on one thing, and on that one thing voters should make their choice. At the conclusion of their Sept. 30 debate, each candidate identified the most urgent challenge before America as the task of keeping nuclear weapons out of the hands of terrorists. The two men agree on the end; they disagree completely on how to achieve it.
During that first debate, Kerry vigorously criticized the Bush record on the proliferation of nuclear weapons and materials necessary to their creation. Bush's replies suggested that, though he sees the danger of a 9/11 attack gone nuclear, he didn't seem to understand that policies of his own administration were making that nightmare prospect more likely, not less. Indeed, regarding the nuclear threat, the Bush administration has become an inadvertent partner to America's sworn enemies.
[b]Kerry would reverse this movement, and he said how. Kerry singled out three crucial Bush mistakes:[/b]
. Unsecured nuclear material in the former Soviet Union remains the gravest terrorist danger. For all Bush's talk about 9/11, he has done less to meet this danger in the two years after the World Trade Center attacks than was done in a comparable period before. In the debate, Bush bragged of a "35 percent increase" in funding to secure loose nukes, but the number is hollow. At present rates the problem will be addressed in 13 years. Kerry promised to do it in four.
. Bush is failing to stop nonnuclear nations from going nuclear. North Korea makes the point. In the debate, the president rejected bilateral negotiations in favor of six-party talks that had, in effect, already collapsed. Iran, too, has found in Bush only reasons to pursue nukes. Iran's rejection of inspections by the International Atomic Energy Agency was reinforced this month when Brazil blocked agency oversight, with little protest from Washington. In fact, Brazil embodies Bush's failure -- a nation that repudiated its nuclear weapons program in 1990 once again at the mercy of its own nuclear hawks. Bush policies encourage foes and friends alike to pursue nukes -- or to seek leverage by threatening to.
. Bush keeps the nuclear future alive by devoting hundreds of millions of dollars -- and precious political capital -- to develop a new generation of nukes, so-called earth-penetrating nuclear weapons. As Kerry put it, "You talk about mixed messages. We're telling people, `You can't have nuclear weapons,' but we're pursuing a new nuclear weapon that we might even contemplate using." Referring to himself, Kerry then said, "Not this president. I'm going to shut that program down."
One of the great achievements of the Cold War was the creation of an antiproliferation international order, embodied in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, first agreed to in 1968, and renewed in 1995. It is a triumph of diplomacy and political hope that, almost 60 years after the Trinity atomic bomb test, there are so few nuclear powers. But the main reason non-nuclear states agreed to foreswear the development of these weapons was the commitment made by the nuclear states, embodied in Clause VI of the treaty, to move toward the eventual elimination of nuclear weapons.
The Bush administration's devotion to a new round of nuclear development breaks that commitment, and inevitably weakens the antiproliferation order. That is the dread implication in Brazil's unexpected defiance of the International Atomic Energy Agency. A new age of proliferation is just beginning, and George W. Bush is its father.
Kerry is on record in this campaign as wanting to move in exactly the opposite direction. Across two decades in the US Senate, especially as a main supporter of the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, Kerry has shown that he understands the urgency of turning the worst legacy of the Cold War back on itself.
In his challenges to President Bush's unilateralism, Kerry has demonstrated his commitment to working with other nations as the only way to make the world safe from nuclear terrorism -- a commitment Bush mocks as a "global test." Across the range of issues, from nuclear diplomacy to threat reduction to the trap of earth-penetrating nuclear weapons, Kerry has shown his mastery of the political and military complexities, just as, in response, Bush has put on display his cynical ignorance. In other matters, the president's ineptness and two-facedness are disheartening, but here they represent a mortal danger.
On this one issue alone -- keeping nuclear weapons away from terrorists -- the election should turn. John Kerry for president.
[b]James Carroll's most recent book is "Crusade: Chronicles of an Unjust War." [/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| For Nuclear Safety, the Choice is Clear: Vote for John Kerry!!! |
| 10.27.04 (7:43 am) [edit] |
John Kerry and George W. Bush agree on one thing, and on that one thing voters should make their choice. At the conclusion of their Sept. 30 debate, each candidate identified the most urgent challenge before America as the task of keeping nuclear weapons out of the hands of terrorists. The two men agree on the end; they disagree completely on how to achieve it.
During that first debate, Kerry vigorously criticized the Bush record on the proliferation of nuclear weapons and materials necessary to their creation. Bush's replies suggested that, though he sees the danger of a 9/11 attack gone nuclear, he didn't seem to understand that policies of his own administration were making that nightmare prospect more likely, not less. Indeed, regarding the nuclear threat, the Bush administration has become an inadvertent partner to America's sworn enemies.
[b]Kerry would reverse this movement, and he said how. Kerry singled out three crucial Bush mistakes:[/b]
. Unsecured nuclear material in the former Soviet Union remains the gravest terrorist danger. For all Bush's talk about 9/11, he has done less to meet this danger in the two years after the World Trade Center attacks than was done in a comparable period before. In the debate, Bush bragged of a "35 percent increase" in funding to secure loose nukes, but the number is hollow. At present rates the problem will be addressed in 13 years. Kerry promised to do it in four.
. Bush is failing to stop nonnuclear nations from going nuclear. North Korea makes the point. In the debate, the president rejected bilateral negotiations in favor of six-party talks that had, in effect, already collapsed. Iran, too, has found in Bush only reasons to pursue nukes. Iran's rejection of inspections by the International Atomic Energy Agency was reinforced this month when Brazil blocked agency oversight, with little protest from Washington. In fact, Brazil embodies Bush's failure -- a nation that repudiated its nuclear weapons program in 1990 once again at the mercy of its own nuclear hawks. Bush policies encourage foes and friends alike to pursue nukes -- or to seek leverage by threatening to.
. Bush keeps the nuclear future alive by devoting hundreds of millions of dollars -- and precious political capital -- to develop a new generation of nukes, so-called earth-penetrating nuclear weapons. As Kerry put it, "You talk about mixed messages. We're telling people, `You can't have nuclear weapons,' but we're pursuing a new nuclear weapon that we might even contemplate using." Referring to himself, Kerry then said, "Not this president. I'm going to shut that program down."
One of the great achievements of the Cold War was the creation of an antiproliferation international order, embodied in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, first agreed to in 1968, and renewed in 1995. It is a triumph of diplomacy and political hope that, almost 60 years after the Trinity atomic bomb test, there are so few nuclear powers. But the main reason non-nuclear states agreed to foreswear the development of these weapons was the commitment made by the nuclear states, embodied in Clause VI of the treaty, to move toward the eventual elimination of nuclear weapons.
The Bush administration's devotion to a new round of nuclear development breaks that commitment, and inevitably weakens the antiproliferation order. That is the dread implication in Brazil's unexpected defiance of the International Atomic Energy Agency. A new age of proliferation is just beginning, and George W. Bush is its father.
Kerry is on record in this campaign as wanting to move in exactly the opposite direction. Across two decades in the US Senate, especially as a main supporter of the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, Kerry has shown that he understands the urgency of turning the worst legacy of the Cold War back on itself.
In his challenges to President Bush's unilateralism, Kerry has demonstrated his commitment to working with other nations as the only way to make the world safe from nuclear terrorism -- a commitment Bush mocks as a "global test." Across the range of issues, from nuclear diplomacy to threat reduction to the trap of earth-penetrating nuclear weapons, Kerry has shown his mastery of the political and military complexities, just as, in response, Bush has put on display his cynical ignorance. In other matters, the president's ineptness and two-facedness are disheartening, but here they represent a mortal danger.
On this one issue alone -- keeping nuclear weapons away from terrorists -- the election should turn. John Kerry for president.
[b]James Carroll's most recent book is "Crusade: Chronicles of an Unjust War." [/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| For Nuclear Safety, the Choice is Clear: Vote for John Kerry!!! |
| 10.27.04 (7:42 am) [edit] |
John Kerry and George W. Bush agree on one thing, and on that one thing voters should make their choice. At the conclusion of their Sept. 30 debate, each candidate identified the most urgent challenge before America as the task of keeping nuclear weapons out of the hands of terrorists. The two men agree on the end; they disagree completely on how to achieve it.
During that first debate, Kerry vigorously criticized the Bush record on the proliferation of nuclear weapons and materials necessary to their creation. Bush's replies suggested that, though he sees the danger of a 9/11 attack gone nuclear, he didn't seem to understand that policies of his own administration were making that nightmare prospect more likely, not less. Indeed, regarding the nuclear threat, the Bush administration has become an inadvertent partner to America's sworn enemies.
[b]Kerry would reverse this movement, and he said how. Kerry singled out three crucial Bush mistakes:[/b]
. Unsecured nuclear material in the former Soviet Union remains the gravest terrorist danger. For all Bush's talk about 9/11, he has done less to meet this danger in the two years after the World Trade Center attacks than was done in a comparable period before. In the debate, Bush bragged of a "35 percent increase" in funding to secure loose nukes, but the number is hollow. At present rates the problem will be addressed in 13 years. Kerry promised to do it in four.
. Bush is failing to stop nonnuclear nations from going nuclear. North Korea makes the point. In the debate, the president rejected bilateral negotiations in favor of six-party talks that had, in effect, already collapsed. Iran, too, has found in Bush only reasons to pursue nukes. Iran's rejection of inspections by the International Atomic Energy Agency was reinforced this month when Brazil blocked agency oversight, with little protest from Washington. In fact, Brazil embodies Bush's failure -- a nation that repudiated its nuclear weapons program in 1990 once again at the mercy of its own nuclear hawks. Bush policies encourage foes and friends alike to pursue nukes -- or to seek leverage by threatening to.
. Bush keeps the nuclear future alive by devoting hundreds of millions of dollars -- and precious political capital -- to develop a new generation of nukes, so-called earth-penetrating nuclear weapons. As Kerry put it, "You talk about mixed messages. We're telling people, `You can't have nuclear weapons,' but we're pursuing a new nuclear weapon that we might even contemplate using." Referring to himself, Kerry then said, "Not this president. I'm going to shut that program down."
One of the great achievements of the Cold War was the creation of an antiproliferation international order, embodied in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, first agreed to in 1968, and renewed in 1995. It is a triumph of diplomacy and political hope that, almost 60 years after the Trinity atomic bomb test, there are so few nuclear powers. But the main reason non-nuclear states agreed to foreswear the development of these weapons was the commitment made by the nuclear states, embodied in Clause VI of the treaty, to move toward the eventual elimination of nuclear weapons.
The Bush administration's devotion to a new round of nuclear development breaks that commitment, and inevitably weakens the antiproliferation order. That is the dread implication in Brazil's unexpected defiance of the International Atomic Energy Agency. A new age of proliferation is just beginning, and George W. Bush is its father.
Kerry is on record in this campaign as wanting to move in exactly the opposite direction. Across two decades in the US Senate, especially as a main supporter of the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, Kerry has shown that he understands the urgency of turning the worst legacy of the Cold War back on itself.
In his challenges to President Bush's unilateralism, Kerry has demonstrated his commitment to working with other nations as the only way to make the world safe from nuclear terrorism -- a commitment Bush mocks as a "global test." Across the range of issues, from nuclear diplomacy to threat reduction to the trap of earth-penetrating nuclear weapons, Kerry has shown his mastery of the political and military complexities, just as, in response, Bush has put on display his cynical ignorance. In other matters, the president's ineptness and two-facedness are disheartening, but here they represent a mortal danger.
On this one issue alone -- keeping nuclear weapons away from terrorists -- the election should turn. John Kerry for president.
[b]James Carroll's most recent book is "Crusade: Chronicles of an Unjust War." [/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| For Nuclear Safety, the Choice is Clear: Vote for John Kerry!!! |
| 10.27.04 (7:41 am) [edit] |
John Kerry and George W. Bush agree on one thing, and on that one thing voters should make their choice. At the conclusion of their Sept. 30 debate, each candidate identified the most urgent challenge before America as the task of keeping nuclear weapons out of the hands of terrorists. The two men agree on the end; they disagree completely on how to achieve it.
During that first debate, Kerry vigorously criticized the Bush record on the proliferation of nuclear weapons and materials necessary to their creation. Bush's replies suggested that, though he sees the danger of a 9/11 attack gone nuclear, he didn't seem to understand that policies of his own administration were making that nightmare prospect more likely, not less. Indeed, regarding the nuclear threat, the Bush administration has become an inadvertent partner to America's sworn enemies.
[b]Kerry would reverse this movement, and he said how. Kerry singled out three crucial Bush mistakes:[/b]
. Unsecured nuclear material in the former Soviet Union remains the gravest terrorist danger. For all Bush's talk about 9/11, he has done less to meet this danger in the two years after the World Trade Center attacks than was done in a comparable period before. In the debate, Bush bragged of a "35 percent increase" in funding to secure loose nukes, but the number is hollow. At present rates the problem will be addressed in 13 years. Kerry promised to do it in four.
. Bush is failing to stop nonnuclear nations from going nuclear. North Korea makes the point. In the debate, the president rejected bilateral negotiations in favor of six-party talks that had, in effect, already collapsed. Iran, too, has found in Bush only reasons to pursue nukes. Iran's rejection of inspections by the International Atomic Energy Agency was reinforced this month when Brazil blocked agency oversight, with little protest from Washington. In fact, Brazil embodies Bush's failure -- a nation that repudiated its nuclear weapons program in 1990 once again at the mercy of its own nuclear hawks. Bush policies encourage foes and friends alike to pursue nukes -- or to seek leverage by threatening to.
. Bush keeps the nuclear future alive by devoting hundreds of millions of dollars -- and precious political capital -- to develop a new generation of nukes, so-called earth-penetrating nuclear weapons. As Kerry put it, "You talk about mixed messages. We're telling people, `You can't have nuclear weapons,' but we're pursuing a new nuclear weapon that we might even contemplate using." Referring to himself, Kerry then said, "Not this president. I'm going to shut that program down."
One of the great achievements of the Cold War was the creation of an antiproliferation international order, embodied in the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, first agreed to in 1968, and renewed in 1995. It is a triumph of diplomacy and political hope that, almost 60 years after the Trinity atomic bomb test, there are so few nuclear powers. But the main reason non-nuclear states agreed to foreswear the development of these weapons was the commitment made by the nuclear states, embodied in Clause VI of the treaty, to move toward the eventual elimination of nuclear weapons.
The Bush administration's devotion to a new round of nuclear development breaks that commitment, and inevitably weakens the antiproliferation order. That is the dread implication in Brazil's unexpected defiance of the International Atomic Energy Agency. A new age of proliferation is just beginning, and George W. Bush is its father.
Kerry is on record in this campaign as wanting to move in exactly the opposite direction. Across two decades in the US Senate, especially as a main supporter of the Nunn-Lugar Cooperative Threat Reduction Program, Kerry has shown that he understands the urgency of turning the worst legacy of the Cold War back on itself.
In his challenges to President Bush's unilateralism, Kerry has demonstrated his commitment to working with other nations as the only way to make the world safe from nuclear terrorism -- a commitment Bush mocks as a "global test." Across the range of issues, from nuclear diplomacy to threat reduction to the trap of earth-penetrating nuclear weapons, Kerry has shown his mastery of the political and military complexities, just as, in response, Bush has put on display his cynical ignorance. In other matters, the president's ineptness and two-facedness are disheartening, but here they represent a mortal danger.
On this one issue alone -- keeping nuclear weapons away from terrorists -- the election should turn. John Kerry for president.
[b]James Carroll's most recent book is "Crusade: Chronicles of an Unjust War." [/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| The Man Behind the Oval Office Curtain |
| 10.27.04 (7:38 am) [edit] |
[b]It's Cheney's Administration, and It's a Shame.[/b]
Can this nation survive four more years of Dick Cheney running the show? Probably, but it is a risk that few thoughtful Americans, conservatives included, should want to take.
Whatever one thinks of George W. Bush--do you see a smile or a smirk?--it is now patently obvious that the most powerful vice president in U.S. history is in charge of the White House. Cheney's ultra-secretive, anti-democratic and crony-capitalist instincts have defined this administration.
Perhaps we should have expected all this from a man who, as head of the Bush vice presidential search team, selected himself. It was a forewarning of the Machiavellian arrogance that has made him the leading individual in an administration that has consistently believed that self-serving ends — such as helping Enron at the expense of California's energy needs or boosting Halliburton's profits at the expense of American troops — justify lying, secrecy and preemptive war.
In the hours after the 9/11 massacres, some Americans may have been reassured to have the older Cheney around at a time when the "real" president was confusedly sitting in a classroom listening to a story about a pet goat. However, in hindsight, this was clearly misguided faith in a man who presents himself as a stern father figure but is just an irresponsible ideologue whose disrespect and disregard for the U.S. Constitution are manifest in all his actions.
It was the vice president who served as the power behind a tiny group of fringe right-wing lawyers that secretly created a system of unaccountable White House-controlled military tribunals. Despite indelibly staining America's reputation as a leader in democratic principles and endangering the lives of American prisoners of war in current and future conflicts, these proceedings have proved totally useless in the war on terror, with zero terror convictions to date.
Never mind: After the tribunals decree was signed by Bush, Cheney was off leading a new misguided crusade, deploying a slew of manipulated and misrepresented intelligence factoids, clever innuendoes and outright lies to fool Congress and the public into supporting the invasion and occupation of Iraq.
As the Washington Post's Bob Woodward reports in "Plan of Action," his insider account of the Bush White House, Secretary of State Colin Powell "detected a kind of fever in Cheney…. Cheney was beyond hellbent for action against Saddam. It was as if nothing else existed."
And through the reports of the bipartisan Senate Intelligence Committee and 9/11 commission, and an exhaustive compilation released last week by Sen. Carl Levin (D-Mich.) of the Senate Armed Services Committee, it is now possible to read in excruciating detail about Cheney's role in convincing a majority of Americans that — strong evidence to the contrary — Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction, was moving toward the production of nuclear bombs and was an ally of Al Qaeda.
As recently as June and contrary to the 9/11 commission's final report, to give but one of many examples, Cheney was still insisting that lead hijacker Mohamed Atta had a meeting in Prague with a high-ranking Iraqi intelligence agent before the 9/11 attacks. This is an unconscionable and obviously knowing use of the Big Lie technique, given that the CIA and FBI repudiated that baseless yet titillating claim in 2002.
Lately, as the war has become an unmitigated disaster for the United States and Iraq, Cheney and the president have been on the defensive against charges by numerous terrorism experts — and presidential candidate John F. Kerry — that the invasion of Iraq was a dangerous distraction from the fight against Al Qaeda and its affiliates.
Undaunted, Cheney tells us the Jordanian-born terrorist Abu Musab Zarqawi, who has been blamed for many anti-American attacks in Iraq, originally entered Iraq with Hussein's permission; thus Cheney tries to post facto justify the invasion as a legitimate pillar of the war on terror. But it's just another lie, with the CIA stating the opposite: The fundamentalist Zarqawi first sneaked into Hussein's secular and nationalist dictatorship using a false identity.
That Cheney clearly has a huge personal interest in the war makes all of this that much more sickening.
The latest report in a never-ending stream of conflict-of- interest revelations about this administration appears in the current issue of Time magazine. It detailed how the Pentagon favored Halliburton — which Cheney headed from 1995 until 2000 — with long-term, no-bid contracts. No problem. In Cheney's world, messianic ambition and personal greed can happily co-exist.
Next Tuesday, voters should retire this malevolent force. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| Perceptions Of The USA From The Other Side Of The Ocean |
| 10.27.04 (7:37 am) [edit] |
Leaving the United States and visiting other countries gives one a very different sense of how the country is perceived than one would ever gather from the established media here at home. It puts things into perspective and forces anyone with an open mind to think about some very big questions. During a recent visit to South Africa, this observation was reaffirmed. What struck me more than anything else was the fear of the potential future actions of the U.S. government. While virtually everyone I encountered had concluded a long time ago that President Bush is simply out of control and represents a danger to the future survival of this planet, this did not mean that they saw in John Kerry the coming of the savior. Rather, and time again, people would simply say that they did not know whether the planet could survive another four years of Bush.
The comments actually went far deeper than one might at first gather. The concern about the U.S. went beyond the personality and actions of any one individual, or for that matter, any one administration. What they spoke to was a growing distrust of the objectives, and indeed, the word of the U.S.A. Specifically, did the U.S. government and the people of U.S. more generally, understand that something needed to change in the way that this country relates to the rest of the planet?
In South Africa I was regularly asked about U.S. foreign policy matters that most of us here either conveniently ignore or are unaware of entirely. I was asked about what ever happened to President Bush's alleged commitment to contribute substantial assistance to the fight against HIV/AIDS? I was certainly asked again and again about the Iraq war. I was asked about what will happen to post-coup Haiti, which seems to be in a state of perpetual and low-intensity civil war, usually with some degree of U.S. involvement.
What struck me in this visit, however, was a question that was posed to me by a South African college student. She wanted to know what it would take for the people of the United States to realize how the U.S. is viewed overseas. She asked, in a very serious tone, at what point will people in the U.S.A. refuse to accept the rationales offered to us by various administration for interfering in the internal affairs of other countries?
In all honesty, I had a very qualified answer. I pointed out that the emergence of an anti-war movement prior to the U.S. aggression against Iraq was a very good sign, but that it was absolutely the case that too many people in the U.S.A. have surrounded themselves with a bubble through which they often refuse to receive information about the outside world. Perhaps, I suggested, the truth about the implications of U.S. foreign policy is too painful for us to accept. Perhaps we fear that should we face reality that it will be the equivalent of looking into the face of the Gorgon, turning us into stone.
The South African student considered my words, and prior to walking off to her class commented that at some point we, the people of the U.S.A. will be judged based upon the leaders we choose. At some point, she offered, there is something called accountability. Fear of the USA by the rest of the world does not make for a very stable, let alone peaceful situation. At some point the resentment will boil over.
As the student headed off, I was left standing there wondering something strange: Are the people of the USA perceived as being those who believe that if we do not hear a tree falling in a distant forest, then that must mean that the tree has not fallen?
[b]Bill Fletcher Jr. is president of TransAfrica Forum, a Washington, D.C.-based non-profit educational and organizing center formed to raise awareness in the United States about issues facing the nations and peoples of Africa, the Caribbean and Latin America. He also is co-chair of the anti-war coalition, United for Peace and Justice (www.unitedforpeace.org). He can be reached at bfletcher@transafricaforu m.org.[/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| Bush/Cheney Inc. Ignores Health Officials Warnings on Western Oil, Gas Drilling ... |
| 10.27.04 (7:30 am) [edit] |
A group of 18 prominent public health experts from leading academies and institutions warned Federal regulators this week that accelerated oil and gas drilling in the Rocky Mountain West is becoming a threat to human health.
In an October 22 letter addressed to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency chief Mike Leavitt and Secretary of Interior Gale Norton, the group of doctors, scientists and public health advocates said the oil and gas industry should be required to "fully comply" with laws that protect human health. [1]
"In western states, the public is learning the hard way that the oil and gas industry needs to follow laws intended to protect drinking water and water quality," said Dr. Theo Colborn, who resides in Paonia, Colorado. Dr. Colborn was co-author of "Our Stolen Future," the book that sparked the issue of endocrine disrupting chemicals.
During the past four years, oil and gas drilling have surged dramatically in the Rocky Mountain states, spurred by high prices and government policies that soften regulation and reduce enforcement of public health laws.
The public health experts' letter specifically identified the oil and gas industry's efforts to weaken the Safe Drinking Water Act and Clean Water Act. They warned that the government's failure to regulate air pollution from oil and gas development is a "highly dangerous" practice that allows "unknown quantities of harmful emissions" to be released into the air.
Their letter pointed to several recent events in Rocky Mountain states that they say bolster their concern that oil and gas industry activities need to be more tightly regulated.
This spring, an accident at a methane gas well near Silt, Colorado, resulted in the temporary contamination of a tributary of the Colorado River with the carcinogen benzene. The operator in the case, EnCana Corp., was fined by state officials for the spill, but the site continues to contaminate water supplies with methane gas. EnCana and Halliburton Corp. developed the wells in the area.
Similarly, in the San Juan basin of Colorado and New Mexico, where the Department of Interior recently approved thousands of new methane wells, air pollution is reaching levels usually seen in dense, urban areas. "Health officials are concerned because ozone concentrations are increasing to levels just shy of the EPA health standard, which is highly unusual for such a rural area," the experts wrote.
"The oil and gas industry can continue to prosper while complying with the same fundamental human health laws that apply to other businesses," said Celeste Monforton, a senior research associate at the Department of Environmental and Occupational Health at the George Washington University School of Public Health and Health Services in Washington, DC. - http://www.bushgreenwatch.com...
###
[b]SOURCES:[/b]
[1] Letter to EPA and DOI, http://ga3.org/ct/x71eOJs13QV... Oct. 22, 2004.
|
|
|
| |
| Bush/Cheney Inc. Ignores Health Officials Warnings on Western Oil, Gas Drilling ... |
| 10.27.04 (7:30 am) [edit] |
A group of 18 prominent public health experts from leading academies and institutions warned Federal regulators this week that accelerated oil and gas drilling in the Rocky Mountain West is becoming a threat to human health.
In an October 22 letter addressed to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency chief Mike Leavitt and Secretary of Interior Gale Norton, the group of doctors, scientists and public health advocates said the oil and gas industry should be required to "fully comply" with laws that protect human health. [1]
"In western states, the public is learning the hard way that the oil and gas industry needs to follow laws intended to protect drinking water and water quality," said Dr. Theo Colborn, who resides in Paonia, Colorado. Dr. Colborn was co-author of "Our Stolen Future," the book that sparked the issue of endocrine disrupting chemicals.
During the past four years, oil and gas drilling have surged dramatically in the Rocky Mountain states, spurred by high prices and government policies that soften regulation and reduce enforcement of public health laws.
The public health experts' letter specifically identified the oil and gas industry's efforts to weaken the Safe Drinking Water Act and Clean Water Act. They warned that the government's failure to regulate air pollution from oil and gas development is a "highly dangerous" practice that allows "unknown quantities of harmful emissions" to be released into the air.
Their letter pointed to several recent events in Rocky Mountain states that they say bolster their concern that oil and gas industry activities need to be more tightly regulated.
This spring, an accident at a methane gas well near Silt, Colorado, resulted in the temporary contamination of a tributary of the Colorado River with the carcinogen benzene. The operator in the case, EnCana Corp., was fined by state officials for the spill, but the site continues to contaminate water supplies with methane gas. EnCana and Halliburton Corp. developed the wells in the area.
Similarly, in the San Juan basin of Colorado and New Mexico, where the Department of Interior recently approved thousands of new methane wells, air pollution is reaching levels usually seen in dense, urban areas. "Health officials are concerned because ozone concentrations are increasing to levels just shy of the EPA health standard, which is highly unusual for such a rural area," the experts wrote.
"The oil and gas industry can continue to prosper while complying with the same fundamental human health laws that apply to other businesses," said Celeste Monforton, a senior research associate at the Department of Environmental and Occupational Health at the George Washington University School of Public Health and Health Services in Washington, DC. - http://www.bushgreenwatch.com...
###
[b]SOURCES:[/b]
[1] Letter to EPA and DOI, http://ga3.org/ct/x71eOJs13QV... Oct. 22, 2004.
|
|
|
| |
| Bush/Cheney Inc. Ignores Health Officials Warnings on Western Oil, Gas Drilling ... |
| 10.27.04 (7:30 am) [edit] |
A group of 18 prominent public health experts from leading academies and institutions warned Federal regulators this week that accelerated oil and gas drilling in the Rocky Mountain West is becoming a threat to human health.
In an October 22 letter addressed to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency chief Mike Leavitt and Secretary of Interior Gale Norton, the group of doctors, scientists and public health advocates said the oil and gas industry should be required to "fully comply" with laws that protect human health. [1]
"In western states, the public is learning the hard way that the oil and gas industry needs to follow laws intended to protect drinking water and water quality," said Dr. Theo Colborn, who resides in Paonia, Colorado. Dr. Colborn was co-author of "Our Stolen Future," the book that sparked the issue of endocrine disrupting chemicals.
During the past four years, oil and gas drilling have surged dramatically in the Rocky Mountain states, spurred by high prices and government policies that soften regulation and reduce enforcement of public health laws.
The public health experts' letter specifically identified the oil and gas industry's efforts to weaken the Safe Drinking Water Act and Clean Water Act. They warned that the government's failure to regulate air pollution from oil and gas development is a "highly dangerous" practice that allows "unknown quantities of harmful emissions" to be released into the air.
Their letter pointed to several recent events in Rocky Mountain states that they say bolster their concern that oil and gas industry activities need to be more tightly regulated.
This spring, an accident at a methane gas well near Silt, Colorado, resulted in the temporary contamination of a tributary of the Colorado River with the carcinogen benzene. The operator in the case, EnCana Corp., was fined by state officials for the spill, but the site continues to contaminate water supplies with methane gas. EnCana and Halliburton Corp. developed the wells in the area.
Similarly, in the San Juan basin of Colorado and New Mexico, where the Department of Interior recently approved thousands of new methane wells, air pollution is reaching levels usually seen in dense, urban areas. "Health officials are concerned because ozone concentrations are increasing to levels just shy of the EPA health standard, which is highly unusual for such a rural area," the experts wrote.
"The oil and gas industry can continue to prosper while complying with the same fundamental human health laws that apply to other businesses," said Celeste Monforton, a senior research associate at the Department of Environmental and Occupational Health at the George Washington University School of Public Health and Health Services in Washington, DC. - http://www.bushgreenwatch.com...
###
[b]SOURCES:[/b]
[1] Letter to EPA and DOI, http://ga3.org/ct/x71eOJs13QV... Oct. 22, 2004.
|
|
|
| |
| Amnesty Intl. Reports: US 'War on Terror' Mentality Leads to Torture |
| 10.27.04 (7:28 am) [edit] |
The United States is more concerned with getting around international laws which prohibit torture than with safeguarding human rights as it wages its "war on terror", Amnesty International said in a report.
The report, http://web.amnesty.org/librar... a 200-page analysis of the practices and decisions that led to torture in Iraq, and alleged abuse in Afghanistan and at Guantanamo Bay, argues that Washington's "war mentality" led it down a slippery slope toward disregard for the rule of law.
"It is tragic that in the 'war on terror', the USA has itself undermined the rule of law. Its selective disregard for the Geneva Conventions and international human rights law has contributed to torture and ill-treatment," it wrote.
"The torture and ill-treatment of Iraqi detainees by US agents in Abu Ghraib prison was -- due to a failure of human rights leadership at the highest levels of government -- sadly predictable," it continued.
The report comes just a week ahead of the US presidential election Tuesday between Republican incumbent George W. Bush and Democratic Senator John Kerry.
Photos depicting torture at the Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad, which first emerged in late April, shocked the world and left a lasting smear on the US reputation as a defender of human rights.
US government documents suggest that "far from ensuring that the 'war on terror' would be conducted without resort to human rights violations, the administration was discussing ways in which its agents might avoid the international prohibition on torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment," the Amnesty report said.
"The war mentality the government has adopted has not been matched with a commitment to the laws of war," it added.
Instead, the strategy of the US government has been to deny detainees prisoner of war status under the Geneva Conventions, and to restrict access to detainees citing military necessity -- both of which have allowed abuse to go by unnoticed and largely unpunished, the group said.
Bush and his leadership also contribute to the slippery slope by refusing to use "torture" to describe Abu Ghraib, but only call events that took place there as "abuse", it said.
Amnesty, the London-based global rights campaigner, reiterated its call for an independent commission to investigate alleged abuse in the war on terror which would be mandated to investigate the highest echelons of government.
It also outlined 12 recommendations for Washington, including the need to improve access to detainees, totally condemn torture and ratify international treaties to that effect and prosecute wrongdoers.
The group criticized what it termed US government hypocrisy to denounce torture and and yet refuse to address its own instances of mistreatment.
In a bitter ironic passage, it noted that when "it suited the US government's aims in its build-up to the invasion of Iraq", the Bush administration cited Amnesty International's reports on torture under Saddam Hussein's rule in that country.
The 202-page report draws largely on a wide source of information, including the US government and non-governmental organizations, as well as press reports of abuse cases and Amnesty's own investigations. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Amnesty Intl. Reports: US 'War on Terror' Mentality Leads to Torture |
| 10.27.04 (7:24 am) [edit] |
The United States is more concerned with getting around international laws which prohibit torture than with safeguarding human rights as it wages its "war on terror", Amnesty International said in a report.
The report, http://web.amnesty.org/librar... a 200-page analysis of the practices and decisions that led to torture in Iraq, and alleged abuse in Afghanistan and at Guantanamo Bay, argues that Washington's "war mentality" led it down a slippery slope toward disregard for the rule of law.
"It is tragic that in the 'war on terror', the USA has itself undermined the rule of law. Its selective disregard for the Geneva Conventions and international human rights law has contributed to torture and ill-treatment," it wrote.
"The torture and ill-treatment of Iraqi detainees by US agents in Abu Ghraib prison was -- due to a failure of human rights leadership at the highest levels of government -- sadly predictable," it continued.
The report comes just a week ahead of the US presidential election Tuesday between Republican incumbent George W. Bush and Democratic Senator John Kerry.
Photos depicting torture at the Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad, which first emerged in late April, shocked the world and left a lasting smear on the US reputation as a defender of human rights.
US government documents suggest that "far from ensuring that the 'war on terror' would be conducted without resort to human rights violations, the administration was discussing ways in which its agents might avoid the international prohibition on torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment," the Amnesty report said.
"The war mentality the government has adopted has not been matched with a commitment to the laws of war," it added.
Instead, the strategy of the US government has been to deny detainees prisoner of war status under the Geneva Conventions, and to restrict access to detainees citing military necessity -- both of which have allowed abuse to go by unnoticed and largely unpunished, the group said.
Bush and his leadership also contribute to the slippery slope by refusing to use "torture" to describe Abu Ghraib, but only call events that took place there as "abuse", it said.
Amnesty, the London-based global rights campaigner, reiterated its call for an independent commission to investigate alleged abuse in the war on terror which would be mandated to investigate the highest echelons of government.
It also outlined 12 recommendations for Washington, including the need to improve access to detainees, totally condemn torture and ratify international treaties to that effect and prosecute wrongdoers.
The group criticized what it termed US government hypocrisy to denounce torture and and yet refuse to address its own instances of mistreatment.
In a bitter ironic passage, it noted that when "it suited the US government's aims in its build-up to the invasion of Iraq", the Bush administration cited Amnesty International's reports on torture under Saddam Hussein's rule in that country.
The 202-page report draws largely on a wide source of information, including the US government and non-governmental organizations, as well as press reports of abuse cases and Amnesty's own investigations. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Amnesty Intl. Reports: US 'War on Terror' Mentality Leads to Torture |
| 10.27.04 (7:24 am) [edit] |
The United States is more concerned with getting around international laws which prohibit torture than with safeguarding human rights as it wages its "war on terror", Amnesty International said in a report.
The report, http://web.amnesty.org/librar... a 200-page analysis of the practices and decisions that led to torture in Iraq, and alleged abuse in Afghanistan and at Guantanamo Bay, argues that Washington's "war mentality" led it down a slippery slope toward disregard for the rule of law.
"It is tragic that in the 'war on terror', the USA has itself undermined the rule of law. Its selective disregard for the Geneva Conventions and international human rights law has contributed to torture and ill-treatment," it wrote.
"The torture and ill-treatment of Iraqi detainees by US agents in Abu Ghraib prison was -- due to a failure of human rights leadership at the highest levels of government -- sadly predictable," it continued.
The report comes just a week ahead of the US presidential election Tuesday between Republican incumbent George W. Bush and Democratic Senator John Kerry.
Photos depicting torture at the Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad, which first emerged in late April, shocked the world and left a lasting smear on the US reputation as a defender of human rights.
US government documents suggest that "far from ensuring that the 'war on terror' would be conducted without resort to human rights violations, the administration was discussing ways in which its agents might avoid the international prohibition on torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment," the Amnesty report said.
"The war mentality the government has adopted has not been matched with a commitment to the laws of war," it added.
Instead, the strategy of the US government has been to deny detainees prisoner of war status under the Geneva Conventions, and to restrict access to detainees citing military necessity -- both of which have allowed abuse to go by unnoticed and largely unpunished, the group said.
Bush and his leadership also contribute to the slippery slope by refusing to use "torture" to describe Abu Ghraib, but only call events that took place there as "abuse", it said.
Amnesty, the London-based global rights campaigner, reiterated its call for an independent commission to investigate alleged abuse in the war on terror which would be mandated to investigate the highest echelons of government.
It also outlined 12 recommendations for Washington, including the need to improve access to detainees, totally condemn torture and ratify international treaties to that effect and prosecute wrongdoers.
The group criticized what it termed US government hypocrisy to denounce torture and and yet refuse to address its own instances of mistreatment.
In a bitter ironic passage, it noted that when "it suited the US government's aims in its build-up to the invasion of Iraq", the Bush administration cited Amnesty International's reports on torture under Saddam Hussein's rule in that country.
The 202-page report draws largely on a wide source of information, including the US government and non-governmental organizations, as well as press reports of abuse cases and Amnesty's own investigations. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Amnesty Intl. Reports: US 'War on Terror' Mentality Leads to Torture |
| 10.27.04 (7:24 am) [edit] |
The United States is more concerned with getting around international laws which prohibit torture than with safeguarding human rights as it wages its "war on terror", Amnesty International said in a report.
The report, http://web.amnesty.org/librar... a 200-page analysis of the practices and decisions that led to torture in Iraq, and alleged abuse in Afghanistan and at Guantanamo Bay, argues that Washington's "war mentality" led it down a slippery slope toward disregard for the rule of law.
"It is tragic that in the 'war on terror', the USA has itself undermined the rule of law. Its selective disregard for the Geneva Conventions and international human rights law has contributed to torture and ill-treatment," it wrote.
"The torture and ill-treatment of Iraqi detainees by US agents in Abu Ghraib prison was -- due to a failure of human rights leadership at the highest levels of government -- sadly predictable," it continued.
The report comes just a week ahead of the US presidential election Tuesday between Republican incumbent George W. Bush and Democratic Senator John Kerry.
Photos depicting torture at the Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad, which first emerged in late April, shocked the world and left a lasting smear on the US reputation as a defender of human rights.
US government documents suggest that "far from ensuring that the 'war on terror' would be conducted without resort to human rights violations, the administration was discussing ways in which its agents might avoid the international prohibition on torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment," the Amnesty report said.
"The war mentality the government has adopted has not been matched with a commitment to the laws of war," it added.
Instead, the strategy of the US government has been to deny detainees prisoner of war status under the Geneva Conventions, and to restrict access to detainees citing military necessity -- both of which have allowed abuse to go by unnoticed and largely unpunished, the group said.
Bush and his leadership also contribute to the slippery slope by refusing to use "torture" to describe Abu Ghraib, but only call events that took place there as "abuse", it said.
Amnesty, the London-based global rights campaigner, reiterated its call for an independent commission to investigate alleged abuse in the war on terror which would be mandated to investigate the highest echelons of government.
It also outlined 12 recommendations for Washington, including the need to improve access to detainees, totally condemn torture and ratify international treaties to that effect and prosecute wrongdoers.
The group criticized what it termed US government hypocrisy to denounce torture and and yet refuse to address its own instances of mistreatment.
In a bitter ironic passage, it noted that when "it suited the US government's aims in its build-up to the invasion of Iraq", the Bush administration cited Amnesty International's reports on torture under Saddam Hussein's rule in that country.
The 202-page report draws largely on a wide source of information, including the US government and non-governmental organizations, as well as press reports of abuse cases and Amnesty's own investigations. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Amnesty Intl. Reports: US 'War on Terror' Mentality Leads to Torture |
| 10.27.04 (7:24 am) [edit] |
The United States is more concerned with getting around international laws which prohibit torture than with safeguarding human rights as it wages its "war on terror", Amnesty International said in a report.
The report, http://web.amnesty.org/librar... a 200-page analysis of the practices and decisions that led to torture in Iraq, and alleged abuse in Afghanistan and at Guantanamo Bay, argues that Washington's "war mentality" led it down a slippery slope toward disregard for the rule of law.
"It is tragic that in the 'war on terror', the USA has itself undermined the rule of law. Its selective disregard for the Geneva Conventions and international human rights law has contributed to torture and ill-treatment," it wrote.
"The torture and ill-treatment of Iraqi detainees by US agents in Abu Ghraib prison was -- due to a failure of human rights leadership at the highest levels of government -- sadly predictable," it continued.
The report comes just a week ahead of the US presidential election Tuesday between Republican incumbent George W. Bush and Democratic Senator John Kerry.
Photos depicting torture at the Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad, which first emerged in late April, shocked the world and left a lasting smear on the US reputation as a defender of human rights.
US government documents suggest that "far from ensuring that the 'war on terror' would be conducted without resort to human rights violations, the administration was discussing ways in which its agents might avoid the international prohibition on torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment," the Amnesty report said.
"The war mentality the government has adopted has not been matched with a commitment to the laws of war," it added.
Instead, the strategy of the US government has been to deny detainees prisoner of war status under the Geneva Conventions, and to restrict access to detainees citing military necessity -- both of which have allowed abuse to go by unnoticed and largely unpunished, the group said.
Bush and his leadership also contribute to the slippery slope by refusing to use "torture" to describe Abu Ghraib, but only call events that took place there as "abuse", it said.
Amnesty, the London-based global rights campaigner, reiterated its call for an independent commission to investigate alleged abuse in the war on terror which would be mandated to investigate the highest echelons of government.
It also outlined 12 recommendations for Washington, including the need to improve access to detainees, totally condemn torture and ratify international treaties to that effect and prosecute wrongdoers.
The group criticized what it termed US government hypocrisy to denounce torture and and yet refuse to address its own instances of mistreatment.
In a bitter ironic passage, it noted that when "it suited the US government's aims in its build-up to the invasion of Iraq", the Bush administration cited Amnesty International's reports on torture under Saddam Hussein's rule in that country.
The 202-page report draws largely on a wide source of information, including the US government and non-governmental organizations, as well as press reports of abuse cases and Amnesty's own investigations. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Al-Qaida's Vote for Bush |
| 10.27.04 (7:19 am) [edit] |
Who would the 'terrorists' like to see elected in the upcoming US presidential elections?
Predictions about how they would try to influence this form of the democratic process were sparked by the train bombings in Madrid last March. The timing of the attack, coming immediately before presidential elections in Spain, produced a backlash of anger against Jose Maria Aznar's right-wing government, leading to the victory of the Socialist Party (PSOE). The bombing was seen by many as a consequence of Aznar's support for the US-led war in Iraq, a war opposed by the overwhelming majority of Spaniards. Aznar's attempt to exploit the bombings to push the agenda of his Popular Party backfired and lead to his defeat.
[b]Read the full story[/b]: http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| THE PROMISE OF AMERICA IS FADING (And Not Because of Al Qaeda) |
| 10.26.04 (7:01 am) [edit] |
[b]Lost Love: Americophilia Fades Away
. Around the world, the cocktail fizz of American promise is disappearing. And Al Qaeda isn't to blame.[/b]
OXFORD, England — There is such a thing as Americophilia. It does not have the rich pedigree of Anglophilia or Francophilia, or even Germanophilia. In fact, it is not always recognized as a bona fide philia at all. But it exists. It existed in Europe during the Jazz Age, and in Europe, Japan and pretty much everywhere during the 1950s. Even the Vietnam War didn't really kill it, for the center of protest was still in the United States. Americans had the best lines, and tunes, against the war. It still exists, although it is in danger of going the way of Germanophilia, into the fog of nostalgia, the land of what might have been.
I have always been an Americophile, or at least from the moment, at a very early age, when I received a postcard of the Empire State Building from my father, who was on a business trip to New York. The U.S., then, was an exotic place, where everything seemed bigger, glitzier, richer, more exciting. Americophilia, in my generation, was nurtured by the sexy allure of popular music. Even the names of the most provincial American cities — such as Memphis and Flagstaff — were turned into desirable fetishes through the lyrics of rock 'n' roll.
The sexiness of American pop culture was not such a trivial thing. It had the ring of freedom, of a country with endless possibilities, where you could do things that would make the lace curtains of old Europe twitch. Much of this was a myth, of course, as the Beatles, Americophiles themselves, found out when they outraged Middle America as soon as they landed on "The Ed Sullivan Show." American conservatism, like everything else American, runs to extremes. But it was a potent myth, with some substance. What was beautiful was the idea of America, where man was free to pursue happiness in any way he liked, as long as it was lawful (or, perhaps, even when it was not).
Anybody, in theory, and often in practice, could reinvent him- or herself as an American in a way that was impossible to imagine anywhere else. The fact that many Americans, especially if they lacked the advantage of a pale skin, came nowhere near to fulfilling the American dream did not destroy the beauty of the idea. It still held out hope to millions who were poor or persecuted, or just restless, that in America it might still be possible to find a better way of life. Europeans such as myself, born in the aftermath of World War II, also grew up with another, related myth, which had a great deal of substance: liberation from Nazi occupation to the beat of Glenn Miller, the sweet odor of Lucky Strikes and the broad smiles of guys from Memphis or Kansas City. As this summer's anniversary celebrations of the Allied landings in 1944 demonstrated, even the French never forgot that blessing.
It was with this fizzing cocktail of images, then, of swinging GIs, rock 'n' roll, constitutional liberty and the Empire State Building, that I first landed in the U.S. with a spring in my step in the summer of 1970. In time, the rosy hue of my Americophilia would fade a little. I soon noticed the bleaker sides of American life; American friends were often the first to point them out. And yet I retained something of that Kennedy Airport spring in my step, as though always in anticipation of adventures that could happen only here, in this vast land of promise.
But this too has faded. No doubt it has something to do with my getting older. You cannot spring forever. But something else has changed, especially after Sept. 11. More and more I hear the cliches of my own Americophilia being spouted in ways that sound false, as though I'm listening to a favorite tune being distorted by a faulty player. The rhetoric of freedom, fighting tyranny and liberating the enslaved peoples of the world speaks louder than ever. But too often it is laced with a fear of foreigners, with a nasty edge of chauvinism and a surly belligerence. The U.S. has always had mood swings from active intervention abroad to sour isolation. What appears to be the current mood in Washington is a peculiar mixture of both: a desire to fix the world alone, whether the world likes it or not.
Revolutionary wars are out of style in the Old World, which, after a century of mass slaughter, has retreated into its own version of isolation. So there is something bracing about the neoconservative talk of liberation and democracy, wherever and whenever. But the aggressive disdain expressed by those same armchair liberators for people who disagree with their strategy, or who take a more skeptical view of violent revolution as a national policy, suggests Napoleonic hubris. And the odd insouciance displayed by the democratic warriors toward the systematic assaults on American liberties in the name of security or patriotism suggests a less than wholehearted commitment to democracy at home.
I am often reminded, in the U.S. today, of Britain during the twilight years of Margaret Thatcher's rule. Then, too, hard-line Tories talked a great deal about battling for freedom and the like, but usually in a snarling, spitting, fearful rage against "Europe." The Battle of Britain would be invoked against trade policies hashed out in Brussels. D-day would be remembered in fishery disputes. And Winston Churchill was regularly trotted out as the spirit incarnated by the first female Tory Party leader.
Going to war against states without any evidence that they are part of the terrorist threat, while invoking Munich, Chamberlain and Churchill, does not look like a sensible strategy. Turning the U.S. into an armed fortress, making it harder and harder for foreigners to enter the country, is the opposite of defending an open society. Legal sophistry in defense of torture casts a dark stain on the White House. Harassing harmless campaigners for causes not popular with the current administration damages not only the beauty but also the substance of the American idea of freedom.
It is still possible that most Iraqis will come out of the war better off than they were before. Being ruled by Saddam Hussein was about as bad as it gets. The question is whether the U.S. will be a better place after years of fear-mongering, military abuse, erosion of civil liberties and a constant stream of political propaganda that distorts America's proudest legacies. If the United States can no longer offer the hope of freedom, refuge from persecution or a second chance in the lives of millions, the whole world will be worse off. And we cannot blame Al Qaeda for that. - http://www.latimes.com/news/o...,1,2467691.story?coll=la-news-commen t-opinions
|
|
|
| |
| STOLEN ELECTION? This Time Around, Let's Be Prepared!!! |
| 10.26.04 (6:59 am) [edit] |
After months of traveling from swing state to swing state, I have been astounded by the number of people who are furious with the “war president” George Bush, and have dedicated enormous energy to registering, educating, cajoling, and exhorting people to vote. Californians have invaded Nevada, New Yorkers have flooded into Pennsylvania, folks from Massachusetts have adopted New Hampshire, and here in Florida, there is a deluge of activists from all over the country. These anti-Bush organizers, many of whom have no formal connection with the Democratic Party, will be out in full force on November 2, knocking on doors, chauffeuring voters to the polls and guarding polling places. It is likely that a massive turnout among young people, single women, African Americans, and newly registered and infrequent voters will make Kerry the winner.
The real question is: Will the election be free and fair or will we see a replay of 2000, with voting in key swing states like Florida and Ohio marred by significant fraud? Unfortunately, too many signs are pointing towards a replay of 2000. But this time, there’s a big difference: We’ll be ready!
In November 2000, disenfranchised voters, victims of butterfly ballots and hanging chads, and others angry at the state’s refusal to count every vote spontaneously started to protest. Black ministers were preparing parishioners to engage in non-violent civil disobedience to affirm their voting rights. Unwitting “Jews for Buchanan” were marching on the streets of West Palm Beach demanding a recount. Union reps, civil rights leaders and even Green Party members like myself converged on Florida to join the movement that proclaimed: “Every Vote Counts, Count Every Vote.”
But the leadership of the Democratic Party put the kabosh on our organizing efforts. “This matter will not be determined by rabblerousers in the streets,” they said, “but by professional lawyers in the courts.” We saw the outcome of that strategy: four disastrous years of an unelected president.
Our right to vote is too precious—and precarious--to be left in the hands of lawyers, judges and Democratic Party chiefs. This time around, it’s up to us, the people, to defend our democracy.
A new coalition, made up of peace, women, labor, civil rights, religious and environmental groups, has set up an Urgent Response Network to be activated in event of a stolen election. On the group’s website, www.nov3.us, tens of thousands of people have already signed a pledge saying that they remember the fraud-ridden presidential election of 2000 and that if the election is stolen again, they will join nationwide protests starting on November 3rd--either in their local communities, in the states where the fraud occurred, or in Washington DC. The pledge signers include personalities such as Michael Moore, Jesse Jackson, and Dolores Huerta, as well as representatives from groups such as the AFL-CIO, Sierra Club, United for Peace and Justice, Global Exchange, CodePink, and the Feminist Majority.
On election night, after getting feedback from electoral experts throughout the country, the coalition will decide whether to activate the network. If so, protests, including non-violent civil disobedience, will be organized at local election offices, polling places, government buildings, or political party headquarters. And the protests will not last for one day or two days, but until every vote is counted. If it takes camping out at government offices for several weeks, so be it. It’s a small price to pay compared to those who fought and died to bequeath us the right to vote.
So while we hope, pray and work for a clean election with a clear winner, let’s not let down our guard. In 2000 we were tricked into thinking that our government institutions would uphold electoral justice. This time, let’s be clear that the only ones who can effectively demand that our votes be counted are we, the people.
[b]Medea Benjamin is co-founder of the peace group CodePink (www.codepinkalert.org) and the human rights group Global Exchange (www.globalexchange.org). She can be reached at medea@globalexchange.org.[/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| THE PROMISE OF AMERICA IS FADING (And Not Because of Al Qaeda) ... |
| 10.26.04 (6:59 am) [edit] |
[b]Lost Love: Americophilia Fades Away
. Around the world, the cocktail fizz of American promise is disappearing. And Al Qaeda isn't to blame.[/b]
OXFORD, England — There is such a thing as Americophilia. It does not have the rich pedigree of Anglophilia or Francophilia, or even Germanophilia. In fact, it is not always recognized as a bona fide philia at all. But it exists. It existed in Europe during the Jazz Age, and in Europe, Japan and pretty much everywhere during the 1950s. Even the Vietnam War didn't really kill it, for the center of protest was still in the United States. Americans had the best lines, and tunes, against the war. It still exists, although it is in danger of going the way of Germanophilia, into the fog of nostalgia, the land of what might have been.
I have always been an Americophile, or at least from the moment, at a very early age, when I received a postcard of the Empire State Building from my father, who was on a business trip to New York. The U.S., then, was an exotic place, where everything seemed bigger, glitzier, richer, more exciting. Americophilia, in my generation, was nurtured by the sexy allure of popular music. Even the names of the most provincial American cities — such as Memphis and Flagstaff — were turned into desirable fetishes through the lyrics of rock 'n' roll.
The sexiness of American pop culture was not such a trivial thing. It had the ring of freedom, of a country with endless possibilities, where you could do things that would make the lace curtains of old Europe twitch. Much of this was a myth, of course, as the Beatles, Americophiles themselves, found out when they outraged Middle America as soon as they landed on "The Ed Sullivan Show." American conservatism, like everything else American, runs to extremes. But it was a potent myth, with some substance. What was beautiful was the idea of America, where man was free to pursue happiness in any way he liked, as long as it was lawful (or, perhaps, even when it was not).
Anybody, in theory, and often in practice, could reinvent him- or herself as an American in a way that was impossible to imagine anywhere else. The fact that many Americans, especially if they lacked the advantage of a pale skin, came nowhere near to fulfilling the American dream did not destroy the beauty of the idea. It still held out hope to millions who were poor or persecuted, or just restless, that in America it might still be possible to find a better way of life. Europeans such as myself, born in the aftermath of World War II, also grew up with another, related myth, which had a great deal of substance: liberation from Nazi occupation to the beat of Glenn Miller, the sweet odor of Lucky Strikes and the broad smiles of guys from Memphis or Kansas City. As this summer's anniversary celebrations of the Allied landings in 1944 demonstrated, even the French never forgot that blessing.
It was with this fizzing cocktail of images, then, of swinging GIs, rock 'n' roll, constitutional liberty and the Empire State Building, that I first landed in the U.S. with a spring in my step in the summer of 1970. In time, the rosy hue of my Americophilia would fade a little. I soon noticed the bleaker sides of American life; American friends were often the first to point them out. And yet I retained something of that Kennedy Airport spring in my step, as though always in anticipation of adventures that could happen only here, in this vast land of promise.
But this too has faded. No doubt it has something to do with my getting older. You cannot spring forever. But something else has changed, especially after Sept. 11. More and more I hear the cliches of my own Americophilia being spouted in ways that sound false, as though I'm listening to a favorite tune being distorted by a faulty player. The rhetoric of freedom, fighting tyranny and liberating the enslaved peoples of the world speaks louder than ever. But too often it is laced with a fear of foreigners, with a nasty edge of chauvinism and a surly belligerence. The U.S. has always had mood swings from active intervention abroad to sour isolation. What appears to be the current mood in Washington is a peculiar mixture of both: a desire to fix the world alone, whether the world likes it or not.
Revolutionary wars are out of style in the Old World, which, after a century of mass slaughter, has retreated into its own version of isolation. So there is something bracing about the neoconservative talk of liberation and democracy, wherever and whenever. But the aggressive disdain expressed by those same armchair liberators for people who disagree with their strategy, or who take a more skeptical view of violent revolution as a national policy, suggests Napoleonic hubris. And the odd insouciance displayed by the democratic warriors toward the systematic assaults on American liberties in the name of security or patriotism suggests a less than wholehearted commitment to democracy at home.
I am often reminded, in the U.S. today, of Britain during the twilight years of Margaret Thatcher's rule. Then, too, hard-line Tories talked a great deal about battling for freedom and the like, but usually in a snarling, spitting, fearful rage against "Europe." The Battle of Britain would be invoked against trade policies hashed out in Brussels. D-day would be remembered in fishery disputes. And Winston Churchill was regularly trotted out as the spirit incarnated by the first female Tory Party leader.
Going to war against states without any evidence that they are part of the terrorist threat, while invoking Munich, Chamberlain and Churchill, does not look like a sensible strategy. Turning the U.S. into an armed fortress, making it harder and harder for foreigners to enter the country, is the opposite of defending an open society. Legal sophistry in defense of torture casts a dark stain on the White House. Harassing harmless campaigners for causes not popular with the current administration damages not only the beauty but also the substance of the American idea of freedom.
It is still possible that most Iraqis will come out of the war better off than they were before. Being ruled by Saddam Hussein was about as bad as it gets. The question is whether the U.S. will be a better place after years of fear-mongering, military abuse, erosion of civil liberties and a constant stream of political propaganda that distorts America's proudest legacies. If the United States can no longer offer the hope of freedom, refuge from persecution or a second chance in the lives of millions, the whole world will be worse off. And we cannot blame Al Qaeda for that. - http://www.latimes.com/news/o...,1,2467691.story?coll=la-news-commen t-opinions
|
|
|
| |
| US Iraq War Veterans' Voices Rise in Protest |
| 10.26.04 (6:52 am) [edit] |
With the news that members of a U.S. Army reserve platoon have been arrested in Iraq for refusing a ”suicide mission,” dissent among veterans of the U.S.-led campaign in that country continues to grow.
The recent incident mirrors other stories of troops being sent on missions without proper equipment, and again raises the spectre of plummeting troop morale as the security situation in Iraq deteriorates and elections scheduled for January approach.
Even as late as six months after the March 2003 U.S.-led attack, as many as 51,000 U.S. soldiers and civilian administrators in Iraq had still not been properly equipped with body armour and other protective gear, according to the 'Washington Post'.
Alerted to the situation, family members bought expensive flak jackets and other security gear and used international couriers to send it to the front lines.
Speaking of the low rates of readiness of his ground forces due to inadequate combat and protective equipment, the senior U.S. commander on the ground in Iraq from mid-2003 to mid-2004 said, ”I cannot continue to support sustained combat operations with rates this low.”
Lieutenant-General Ricardo Sanchez added that army units were, ”struggling just to maintain à relatively low readiness rates” for key combat systems, reported the Post'.
The mother of Amber McClenny, who serves in the platoon that in mid-October refused orders to transport fuel through an area north of Baghdad where ambushes are known to occur, told the Associated Press her daughter called and told her, ”We had broken-down trucks, non-armoured vehicles and à we were carrying contaminated fuel. They are holding us against our will. We are now prisoners.”
While a senior U.S. military official has said the unit had been ordered to carry out what is known as a maintenance stand-down and its soldiers are not under arrest, many Iraq veterans in the United States feel the incident is indicative of poor troop morale, which stems from the growing belief among soldiers that the war in Iraq is unjustified.
Army National Guard member Sergeant Kelly Dougherty served for 10 months in Iraq at Tallil Air Base, near Nasiriya. ”The people in Iraq didn't have money or jobs and their cities were destitute,” said Dougherty, who worked escorting convoys and patrols.
”I wondered how these people were functioning after they'd been through so much. They hadn't even rebuilt from the first Gulf War (in 1991).”
During a phone interview Dougherty said her unit did not even have translators for the first nine months of the occupation and were thus unable to communicate with Iraqis while conducting security patrols.
”I think it was definitely wrong to go into Iraq,” she added. ”I thought that before we went in and the intelligence is proving this now.”
Like other soldiers who are beginning to speak out against the Bush administration, Dougherty has strong words about how the war was waged. ”People say the president didn't lie -- but it's hard for me to believe that they truly thought the reasons they went in were true,” she said.
”I think we were intentionally lied to in order to get the U.S. into Iraq, and the Bush administration seized this opportunity.” The president, she added, was also being dishonest about the dangers that soldiers would face when he did not provide them with the necessary armour and supplies.
Another veteran of the war in Iraq is Corporal Alex Ryabov, who participated in the invasion of Iraq until May 9. ”What I realise after having been there is that it (the war) is such a huge waste of life on both sides,” he said in an interview.
Ryabov also commented on U.S. Secretary of Defence Donald Rumsfeld's statement in September that the 1,000 U.S. soldiers who have died in Iraq are just some of the victims of the ”war on terrorism.”
”The reality is that Bush and Rumsfeld don't have family in the military, and they have never served. Each U.S. death in Iraq -- each of those people has family and friends, and you can't tell them that this is a small number.”
Ryabov, who served as the ammunition chief for his Marine Corps unit, believes the administration should be held to account for the horrendous situation in Iraq. ”They should be impeached. They should be put on trial.”
He also believes the administration is not doing enough to support Iraq war veterans.
”When troops come home we need to have benefits and VA (U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs) support. There are a lot of people having problems with this and no support. My friends are coming back angry and screwed up and not getting any help.”
According to the U.S. military, more than 7,500 soldiers have been injured in Iraq through Sep. 27. Of those, more than one-half did not return to action after 72 hours. But veterans' advocates say the Pentagon is not counting nearly 16,000 more soldiers evacuated from Iraq and Afghanistan for ”non-combat causes,” according to United Press International (UPI).
Another veteran who has served in the Middle East is Senior Airman Tim Goodrich. While serving two deployments at Prince Sultan Air Base for Operation Southern Watch, where he patrolled no-fly zones in southern Iraq during the build-up to the current war, ”that is when it first hit me that this was the wrong idea,” said Goodrich.
”I was watching troop movements for Iraq going through our base between August and October of 2002 à army troop movements preparing to go to war with Iraq six months before the war,” he told IPS.
Goodrich too is angry. ”I feel absolutely betrayed by this administration. I was brought up believing it was the most honourable thing to do to serve in the military. Now I've learned that it is not a glorious undertaking à and that our country isn't living up to the standards I believed it was -- that our foreign policy has been flawed for decades.”
Goodrich feels so strongly about the horrendous situation in Iraq that he has joined a group called Iraq Veterans Against the War (IVAW). The organisation, which started two and a half years ago with only nine members, has now grown to over 60, including active duty service personnel in Iraq.
In order to accommodate the growing numbers of Iraq veterans joining the group, IVAW is trying to obtain office space and find a part-time employee to assist in its mission of ending the occupation and seeing service members return to the United States.
The group will also be sending members on speaking tours until the end of November, according to its website.
Goodrich believes the situation in Iraq is the reason why the military has failed to meet its recruiting goals recently. And he applauded the platoon in Iraq for refusing to follow orders.
”I think it's about time that someone stood up and did something. They are working with sub-par equipment that is putting peoples' lives at risk,” he said. ”There are not enough armoured vehicles and not enough supplies for the soldiers. One hundred fifty billion dollars (has been spent) to fund these guys and the money isn't getting to where it needs to be.”
When asked what he would do if he were called up to serve in Iraq again, Goodrich replied, ”No comment.” - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
. Iraq Veterans Against the War: http://www.ivaw.net%0a/
. Iraq Coalition Casualties: http://icasualties.org/oif/
|
|
|
| |
| KARL ROVE: America's Mullah ... |
| 10.26.04 (6:52 am) [edit] |
[b]This election is about Rovism, and the outcome threatens to transform the U.S. into an ironfisted theocracy.[/b]
Even now, after Sen. John F. Kerry handily won his three debates with President Bush and after most polls show a dead heat, his supporters seem downbeat. Why? They believe that Karl Rove, Bush's top political operative, cannot be beaten. Rove the Impaler will do whatever it takes — anything — to make certain that Bush wins. This isn't just typical Democratic pessimism. It has been the master narrative of the 2004 presidential campaign in the mainstream media. Attacks on Kerry come and go — flip-flopper, Swift boats, Massachusetts liberal — but one constant remains, Rove, and everyone takes it for granted that he knows how to game the system.
Rove, however, is more than a political sharpie with a bulging bag of dirty tricks. His campaign shenanigans — past and future — go to the heart of what this election is about.
Democrats will tell you it is a referendum on Bush's incompetence or on his extremist right-wing agenda. Republicans will tell you it's about conservatism versus liberalism or who can better protect us from terrorists. They are both wrong. This election is about Rovism — the insinuation of Rove's electoral tactics into the conduct of the presidency and the fabric of the government. It's not an overstatement to say that on Nov. 2, the fate of traditional American democracy will hang in the balance.
Rovism is not simply a function of Rove the political conniver sitting in the counsels of power and making decisions, though he does. No recent presidency has put policy in the service of politics as has Bush's. Because tactics can change institutions, Rovism is much more. It is a philosophy and practice of governing that pervades the administration and even extends to the Republican-controlled Congress. As Robert Berdahl, chancellor of UC Berkeley, has said of Bush's foreign policy, a subset of Rovism, it constitutes a fundamental change in "the fabric of constitutional government as we have known it in this country."
Rovism begins, as one might suspect from the most merciless of political consiglieres, with Machiavelli's rule of force: "A prince is respected when he is either a true friend or a downright enemy." No administration since Warren Harding's has rewarded its friends so lavishly, and none has been as willing to bully anyone who strays from its message.
There is no dissent in the Rove White House without reprisal.
Army Chief of Staff Gen. Eric K. Shinseki was retired after he disagreed with Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld's transformation of the Army and then testified that invading Iraq would require a U.S. deployment of 200,000 soldiers.
Chief Medicare actuary Richard Foster was threatened with termination if he revealed before the vote that the administration had seriously misrepresented the cost of its proposed prescription drug plan to get it through Congress.
Treasury Secretary Paul O'Neill was peremptorily fired for questioning the wisdom of the administration's tax cuts, and former U.S. administrator L. Paul Bremer III felt compelled to recant his statement that there were insufficient troops in Iraq.
Even accounting for the strong-arm tactics of Lyndon B. Johnson and Richard Nixon, this isn't government as we have known it. This is the Sopranos in the White House: "Cross us and you're road kill."
Naturally, the administration's treatment of the opposition is worse. Rove's mentor, political advisor Lee Atwater, has been quoted as saying: "What you do is rip the bark off liberals." That's how Bush has governed. There is a feeling, perhaps best expressed by Georgia Democratic Sen. Zell Miller's keynote address at the Republican convention, that anyone who has the temerity to question the president is undermining the country. At times, Miller came close to calling Democrats traitors for putting up a presidential candidate.
This may be standard campaign rhetoric. But it's one thing to excoriate your opponents in a campaign, and quite another to continue berating them after the votes are counted.
Rovism regards any form of compromise as weakness. Politics isn't a bus we all board together, it's a steamroller.
No recent administration has made less effort to reach across the aisle, and thanks to Rovism, the Republican majority in Congress often operates on a rule of exclusion. Republicans blocked Democrats from participating in the bill-drafting sessions on energy, prescription drugs and intelligence reform in the House. As Rep. George Miller (D-Martinez) told the New Yorker, "They don't consult with the nations of the world, and they don't consult with Congress, especially the Democrats in Congress. They can do it all themselves."
Bush entered office promising to be a "uniter, not a divider." But Rovism is not about uniting. What Rove quickly grasped is that it's easier and more efficacious to exploit the cultural and social divide than to look for common ground. No recent administration has as eagerly played wedge issues — gay marriage, abortion, stem cell research, faith-based initiatives — to keep the nation roiling, in the pure Rovian belief that the president's conservative supporters will always be angrier and more energized than his opponents. Division, then, is not a side effect of policy; in Rovism, it is the purpose of policy.
The lack of political compromise has its correlate in the administration's stubborn insistence that it doesn't have to compromise with facts. All politicians operate within an Orwellian nimbus where words don't mean what they normally mean, but Rovism posits that there is no objective, verifiable reality at all. Reality is what you say it is, which explains why Bush can claim that postwar Iraq is going swimmingly or that a so-so economy is soaring. As one administration official told reporter Ron Suskind, "We're an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality…. We're history's actors."
When neither dissent nor facts are recognized as constraining forces, one is infallible, which is the sum and foundation of Rovism. Cleverly invoking the power of faith to protect itself from accusations of stubbornness and insularity, this administration entertains no doubt, no adjustment, no negotiation, no competing point of view. As such, it eschews the essence of the American political system: flexibility and compromise.
In Rovism, toughness is the only virtue. The mere appearance of change is intolerable, which is why Bush apparently can't admit ever making a mistake. As Machiavelli put it, the prince must show that "his judgments are irrevocable."
Rovism is certainly not without its appeal. As political theorist Sheldon Wolin once characterized Machiavellian government, it promises the "economy of politics." Americans love toughness. They love swagger. In a world of complexity and uncertainty, especially after Sept. 11, they love the idea of a man who doesn't need anyone else. They even love the sense of mission, regardless of its wisdom.
These values run deep in the American soul, and Rovism consciously taps them. But they are not democratic. Unwavering discipline, demonization of foes, disdain for reality and a personal sense of infallibility based on faith are the stuff of a theocracy — the president as pope or mullah and policy as religious warfare.
Boiled down, Rovism is government by jihadis in the grip of unshakable self-righteousness — ironically the force the administration says it is fighting. It imposes rather than proposes.
Rovism surreptitiously and profoundly changes our form of government, a government that has been, since its founding by children of the Enlightenment, open, accommodating, moderate and generally reasonable.
All administrations try to work the system to their advantage, and some, like Nixon's, attempt to circumvent the system altogether. Rove and Bush neither use nor circumvent, which would require keeping the system intact. They instead are reconfiguring the system in extra-constitutional, theocratic terms.
The idea of the United States as an ironfisted theocracy is terrifying, and it should give everyone pause. This time, it's not about policy. This time, for the first time, it's about the nature of American government.
We all have reason to be very, very afraid. - http://www.latimes.com/news/o...,0,1987150.story?coll=la-news-commen t-opinions
|
|
|
| |
| *** Bush's 'Willful Blindness' Comes From Mistakenly Assuming His Desires Are GOD'S! WOW! *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:58 am) [edit] |
[b]Casualties of Faith[/b]
When I was little, I was very good at leaps of faith.
A nun would tape up a picture of a snow-covered mountain peak on the blackboard and say that the first child to discern the face of Christ in the melting snow was the holiest. I was soon smugly showing the rest of the class the "miraculous" outline of that soulful, bearded face.
But I never thought I'd see the day when leaps of faith would be national policy, when the fortunes of America hung on the possibility of a miracle.
What does it tell you about a president that his grounds for war are so weak that the only way he can justify it is by believing God wants it? Or that his only Iraq policy now - as our troops fight a vicious insurgency and the dream of a stable democracy falls apart - is a belief in miracles?
Miracles make the incurious even more incurious. People who live by religious certainties don't have to waste time with recalcitrant facts or moral doubts. They do not need to torture themselves, for example, about dispatching American kids into a sand trap with ghostly enemies and without the proper backup, armor, expectations or cultural training.
Any president relying more on facts than faith could have seen that his troops would be sitting ducks: Donald Rumsfeld's experiment - sending in a light, agile force (more a Vin Diesel vehicle than a smart plan for Iraq) - was in direct conflict with the overwhelming force needed to attempt the neocons' grandiose scheme to turn Iraq into a model democracy.
J.F.K. had to fight the anti-papist expectation that his Oval Office would take orders from heaven. For W., it's a selling point. Some right-wing Catholics want John Kerry excommunicated, while evangelicals call the president a messenger of God. "God's blessing is on him," the TV evangelist Pat Robertson says, adding, "It's the blessing of heaven on the emperor."
Mr. Bush has shown all the evangelical voters who didn't like his daddy that he gets, as Mr. Robertson puts it, "his direction from the Lord."
When Paula Zahn asked the televangelist Tuesday whether Mr. Bush, as a Christian, should admit his mistakes, Mr. Robertson said he'd warned a self-satisfied Bush about Iraq: "The Lord told me it was going to be (a) a disaster, and (b) messy."
Mr. Robertson said, "He was the most self-assured man I ever met." Paraphrasing Mark Twain, he said Mr. Bush was "like a contented Christian with four aces. He was just sitting there, like, I'm on top of the world, and I warned him about this war. ... And I was trying to say, Mr. President, you better prepare the American people for casualties. 'Oh, no, we're not going to have any casualties.' "
W., it seems, really believes he's the one. President Neo. (And his advisers are disciples. That's why Condi Rice so willingly puts aside her national security duties to spread the Bush gospel in swing states, and why Karen Hughes raced to impugn Mr. Robertson's veracity after he described his chilling encounter with W.)
W.'s willful blindness comes from mistakenly assuming that his desires are God's, as if he knows where God stands on everything from democracy in Iraq to capital-gains tax cuts.
As Lincoln noted in his Second Inaugural Address about the Civil War, one can't speak for God: "The Almighty has His own purposes."
Mr. Bush didn't just ignore Mr. Robertson's warning - he ignored his own intelligence experts, who warned before the war that an invasion of Iraq would spur more support for political Islam and trigger violent conflict, including an insurgency that would drive Baathists and terrorists together in a toxic combination.
As Michael Gordon wrote in his Times series this week on blind spots in the strategy to secure Iraq, the Bush crew engaged in an astonishing series of delusions: assuming they could begin a withdrawal of troops 60 days after taking Baghdad; enabling the insurgency to flourish; abolishing the Iraqi military and putting American lives at risk; misreading the obvious reaction to an American occupation of a Muslim country.
C.I.A. officials were so clueless they wanted to sneak hundreds of small American flags into Iraq before the war started so grateful Iraqis could wave them at their liberators. The agency planned to film that and triumphantly beam it to the Arab world.
The president has this strange notion that his belief in God means detailed and perfect knowledge of everything that God wants. He may wish to keep his head stuck in the Iraqi sand, but he may discover that the Almighty has His own purposes. - http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Bush's 'Willful Blindness' Comes From Mistakenly Assuming His Desires Are GOD'S! WOW! *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:57 am) [edit] |
[b]Casualties of Faith[/b]
When I was little, I was very good at leaps of faith.
A nun would tape up a picture of a snow-covered mountain peak on the blackboard and say that the first child to discern the face of Christ in the melting snow was the holiest. I was soon smugly showing the rest of the class the "miraculous" outline of that soulful, bearded face.
But I never thought I'd see the day when leaps of faith would be national policy, when the fortunes of America hung on the possibility of a miracle.
What does it tell you about a president that his grounds for war are so weak that the only way he can justify it is by believing God wants it? Or that his only Iraq policy now - as our troops fight a vicious insurgency and the dream of a stable democracy falls apart - is a belief in miracles?
Miracles make the incurious even more incurious. People who live by religious certainties don't have to waste time with recalcitrant facts or moral doubts. They do not need to torture themselves, for example, about dispatching American kids into a sand trap with ghostly enemies and without the proper backup, armor, expectations or cultural training.
Any president relying more on facts than faith could have seen that his troops would be sitting ducks: Donald Rumsfeld's experiment - sending in a light, agile force (more a Vin Diesel vehicle than a smart plan for Iraq) - was in direct conflict with the overwhelming force needed to attempt the neocons' grandiose scheme to turn Iraq into a model democracy.
J.F.K. had to fight the anti-papist expectation that his Oval Office would take orders from heaven. For W., it's a selling point. Some right-wing Catholics want John Kerry excommunicated, while evangelicals call the president a messenger of God. "God's blessing is on him," the TV evangelist Pat Robertson says, adding, "It's the blessing of heaven on the emperor."
Mr. Bush has shown all the evangelical voters who didn't like his daddy that he gets, as Mr. Robertson puts it, "his direction from the Lord."
When Paula Zahn asked the televangelist Tuesday whether Mr. Bush, as a Christian, should admit his mistakes, Mr. Robertson said he'd warned a self-satisfied Bush about Iraq: "The Lord told me it was going to be (a) a disaster, and (b) messy."
Mr. Robertson said, "He was the most self-assured man I ever met." Paraphrasing Mark Twain, he said Mr. Bush was "like a contented Christian with four aces. He was just sitting there, like, I'm on top of the world, and I warned him about this war. ... And I was trying to say, Mr. President, you better prepare the American people for casualties. 'Oh, no, we're not going to have any casualties.' "
W., it seems, really believes he's the one. President Neo. (And his advisers are disciples. That's why Condi Rice so willingly puts aside her national security duties to spread the Bush gospel in swing states, and why Karen Hughes raced to impugn Mr. Robertson's veracity after he described his chilling encounter with W.)
W.'s willful blindness comes from mistakenly assuming that his desires are God's, as if he knows where God stands on everything from democracy in Iraq to capital-gains tax cuts.
As Lincoln noted in his Second Inaugural Address about the Civil War, one can't speak for God: "The Almighty has His own purposes."
Mr. Bush didn't just ignore Mr. Robertson's warning - he ignored his own intelligence experts, who warned before the war that an invasion of Iraq would spur more support for political Islam and trigger violent conflict, including an insurgency that would drive Baathists and terrorists together in a toxic combination.
As Michael Gordon wrote in his Times series this week on blind spots in the strategy to secure Iraq, the Bush crew engaged in an astonishing series of delusions: assuming they could begin a withdrawal of troops 60 days after taking Baghdad; enabling the insurgency to flourish; abolishing the Iraqi military and putting American lives at risk; misreading the obvious reaction to an American occupation of a Muslim country.
C.I.A. officials were so clueless they wanted to sneak hundreds of small American flags into Iraq before the war started so grateful Iraqis could wave them at their liberators. The agency planned to film that and triumphantly beam it to the Arab world.
The president has this strange notion that his belief in God means detailed and perfect knowledge of everything that God wants. He may wish to keep his head stuck in the Iraqi sand, but he may discover that the Almighty has His own purposes. - http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Expecting a Fight from Thief-Bush, Kerry Looks to Avoid Gore Recount Missteps *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:54 am) [edit] |
Sen. John Kerry, bracing for a potential fight over election results, will not hesitate to declare victory Nov. 2 and defend it, advisers say. He also will be prepared to name a national security team before knowing whether he's secured the presidency.
In short, the Democratic presidential candidate has a simple strategy for Nov. 3 and beyond: Do not repeat Al Gore's mistakes.
The Democratic vice president prematurely conceded the 2000 race to George W. Bush in a telephone call, then had to retract his concession after aides said Florida wasn't lost. He never declared victory, an omission Kerry's advisers — many of whom worked for Gore — now believe created a sense of inevitability in voters' minds about Bush's presidency.
Gore didn't plan for the legal showdown, though few could have predicted it before Election Day. And he watched as Bush seized political advantage during the 36-day recount by publicly discussing a transition to the White House.
Not this time, promise Kerry's advisers. If there is doubt about the results, they will fight without delay.
[b]Read entire article on http://www.smirkingchimp.com/... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| *** Dumb A'W'OL Bush Confuses His Actions With His Words *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:51 am) [edit] |
United States President George W. Bush surprised his listeners at a campaign rally by seeming to oppose, then favour, then oppose replacing the all-volunteer US military with a draft.
"Our all-volunteer Army will remain an all-volunteer Army," Bush began, to cheers from supporters in Florida.
"After standing on the stage, after the debates, I made it very plain we will not have an all-volunteer Army. And yet this week ... " he continued, before suddenly realising the gaffe and shouting: "We will have an all-volunteer Army. Let me restate that: We will not have a draft ... The only person talking about a draft is my opponent. The only politicians that supported a draft are Democrats, and the best way to avoid a draft is to vote for me." - http://www.nzherald.co.nz/lat...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Bush is Suppressing Damning CIA Report on 9/11 Until AFTER The Election!!! Why??? *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:48 am) [edit] |
[b]Bush suppresses damning CIA report on 9/11
Intelligence official says a report that is "very embarrassing for the administration" is being withheld from Congress until after the election[/b].
It is shocking: The Bush administration is suppressing a CIA report on 9/11 until after the election, and this one names names. Although the report by the inspector general's office of the CIA was completed in June, it has not been made available to the congressional intelligence committees that mandated the study almost two years ago.
"It is infuriating that a report which shows that high-level people were not doing their jobs in a satisfactory manner before 9/11 is being suppressed," an intelligence official who has read the report told me, adding that "the report is potentially very embarrassing for the administration, because it makes it look like they weren't interested in terrorism before 9/11, or in holding people in the government responsible afterward."
[b]More[/b] ... http://www.salon.com/opinion/...
|
|
|
| |
| *** The Failed presidency of George W. Bush *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:45 am) [edit] |
[b]Remarks as delivered by former Vice President Al Gore, Gaston Hall at Georgetown University, Monday, October 18, 2004
By Al Gore[/b]
Thank you. I really appreciate that enthusiastic and warm welcome. And I want to thank Eli Pariser for his generous introduction, also even more for the tremendous energy that he and his colleagues at MoveOn.org have brought to the democratic process in America. I'm really a big fan of Eli and all of those who work with him at Move On. And I want to say a special word of thanks to Gerard Alolod who is the Lecture Fund chair, and I wish to thank Georgetown University for the courtesy of allowing me to speak here, and president John DeGioia. Allow me also to express my condolences to the family of the student who had an accidental death on Friday, and condolences to the student body.
This is a great, great university. I have spoken here before, and it is always an honor, particularly to come to this magnificent hall. So, again, thank you very much. So I come, as I have said at other occasions, as a recovering politician. I'm on about step nine, and an enthusiastic welcome like that always presents the danger of a relapse, so I'm on my guard. I came here because I have made a series of speeches about the policies of the Bush-Cheney administration with regard to Iraq, the war on terror, civil liberties, the global environment, and other issues, a series that began more than two years ago with a speech at the Commonwealth Club in San Francisco, prior to the president's decision to invade Iraq.
[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Why This Republican Frm. Senator is Voting for John Kerry!!! *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:40 am) [edit] |
[b]'Frightened to death' of Bush: Too stupid, too corrupt and too incompetent to be President ...[/b]
I shall cast my vote for John Kerry come Nov 2.
I have been, and will continue to be, a Republican. But when we as a party send the wrong person to the White House, then it is our responsibility to send him home if our nation suffers as a result of his actions. I fall in the category of good conservative thinkers, like George F. Will, for instance, who wrote: "This administration cannot be trusted to govern if it cannot be counted on to think and having thought, to have second thoughts."
I say, well done George Will, or, even better, from the mouth of the numero uno of conservatives, William F. Buckley Jr.: "If I knew then what I know now about what kind of situation we would be in, I would have opposed the war."
First, let's talk about George Bush's moral standards.
[b]Read entire article on http://www.smirkingchimp.com/... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| *** BUSH PLACING U.S. IN DANGER: Relicensing to Add 9,000 Tons of Nuclear Waste; OVERLOAD |
| 10.21.04 (11:37 am) [edit] |
A new analysis released last night reported that a little-noted surge in the re-licensing of nuclear reactors over the past four years will add some 9,000 metric tons of high-level nuclear waste to the nation's inventory. This will prolong storage problems through the middle of the century at reactor sites across the U.S.
Compiled from Department of Energy (DOE) figures by the Environmental Working Group http://www.ewg.org/ (EWG) Action Fund, the analysis shows that in the wake of the 2002 Senate vote to approve the Yucca Mountain dumpsite in Nevada, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission has quietly approved 26 reactor operating extensions--24 of them for another 20 years.
Another 18 reactors have renewal applications pending. No request to date has been denied. According to the analysis, if Yucca Mountain opens on its scheduled date, its storage space will already be fully claimed. An additional 9,000 tons of nuclear waste will be waiting to come to Yucca and still more will pile up at 79 sites in 35 states.
Communities near each of the reactors were the subject of aggressive public relations activities by DOE and the nuclear power industry, implying that the Yucca Mountain dumpsite would rid them of their waste problem. Unless Congress acts to expand the Yucca site, the wave of relicensing means that most of these 79 communities will see more waste sitting on their sites for decades more.
The situation contradicts a DOE press release of May 8, 2002, when Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham said "America's...homeland security, as well as environmental protection is well served by siting a single nuclear waste repository at Yucca Mountain, rather than having nuclear waste stranded in temporary storage locations at 131 sites in 39 states."
Likewise, DOE spokesman Joe Davis was quoted in the June 11, 2002 Chicago Tribune as saying "You can't have nuclear waste in Illinois and 38 other states where it's stored temporarily above ground next to schools, rivers, lakes and downtown metropolitan areas. It's just not the smart thing to do in the interest of national security and environmental protection."
The EWG Action Fund analysis calculates that shipping the extra waste to Yucca will require either 6,000 more truck shipments or 1,050 train shipments through communities in Nevada.
Said EWG Action Fund chief scientist Richard Wiles: "This analysis confirms what we suspected, but what the public was never told--that Yucca Mountain nuclear waste site is really a nuclear expansion program in disguise."
###
[b]SOURCES:[/b]
"Marks the Spot," http://ga3.org/ct/N71eOJs1xBV... EWG analysis, Oct. 21, 2004.
|
|
|
| |
| *** BUSH PLACING U.S. IN DANGER: Relicensing to Add 9,000 Tons of Nuclear Waste; OVERLOAD |
| 10.21.04 (11:36 am) [edit] |
A new analysis released last night reported that a little-noted surge in the re-licensing of nuclear reactors over the past four years will add some 9,000 metric tons of high-level nuclear waste to the nation's inventory. This will prolong storage problems through the middle of the century at reactor sites across the U.S.
Compiled from Department of Energy (DOE) figures by the Environmental Working Group http://www.ewg.org/ (EWG) Action Fund, the analysis shows that in the wake of the 2002 Senate vote to approve the Yucca Mountain dumpsite in Nevada, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission has quietly approved 26 reactor operating extensions--24 of them for another 20 years.
Another 18 reactors have renewal applications pending. No request to date has been denied. According to the analysis, if Yucca Mountain opens on its scheduled date, its storage space will already be fully claimed. An additional 9,000 tons of nuclear waste will be waiting to come to Yucca and still more will pile up at 79 sites in 35 states.
Communities near each of the reactors were the subject of aggressive public relations activities by DOE and the nuclear power industry, implying that the Yucca Mountain dumpsite would rid them of their waste problem. Unless Congress acts to expand the Yucca site, the wave of relicensing means that most of these 79 communities will see more waste sitting on their sites for decades more.
The situation contradicts a DOE press release of May 8, 2002, when Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham said "America's...homeland security, as well as environmental protection is well served by siting a single nuclear waste repository at Yucca Mountain, rather than having nuclear waste stranded in temporary storage locations at 131 sites in 39 states."
Likewise, DOE spokesman Joe Davis was quoted in the June 11, 2002 Chicago Tribune as saying "You can't have nuclear waste in Illinois and 38 other states where it's stored temporarily above ground next to schools, rivers, lakes and downtown metropolitan areas. It's just not the smart thing to do in the interest of national security and environmental protection."
The EWG Action Fund analysis calculates that shipping the extra waste to Yucca will require either 6,000 more truck shipments or 1,050 train shipments through communities in Nevada.
Said EWG Action Fund chief scientist Richard Wiles: "This analysis confirms what we suspected, but what the public was never told--that Yucca Mountain nuclear waste site is really a nuclear expansion program in disguise."
###
[b]SOURCES:[/b]
"Marks the Spot," http://ga3.org/ct/N71eOJs1xBV... EWG analysis, Oct. 21, 2004.
|
|
|
| |
| *** Bush is NO Devout Evangelical. In fact, He May NOT Be a Christian At All *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:34 am) [edit] |
Late in the summer, at the Republican national convention in New York, a movie billed as the conservative alternative to Fahrenheit 9/11 debuted for the party faithful. The film, George W. Bush: Faith in the White House, opens with a montage of a billowing American flag, a softly lit portrait of Jesus in Gethsemane, and a shot of the tawny profile of our 43rd president with his eyes gazing heavenward. Myriad times throughout the film Bush is referred to reverently as a man of faith.
Like no president in recent memory, George W. Bush wields his Christian righteousness like a flaming sword. Indeed, hundreds of news stories and nearly half a dozen books have evinced a White House that, according to BBC Washington correspondent Justin Webb, “hums to the sound of prayer.” Yet for the past four years the mainstream press has trod lightly, rarely venturing beyond the biographical to probe the depth, or sincerity, of Bush's Christian beliefs. Bush has no doubt benefited from the media’s reluctance; Newsweek, for example, in the heat of the run-up to the Iraq War, ran a cover package on the president’s faith under the headline “Bush and God” -- a story whose timing lent the war the aura of having heavenly sanction. Even lefty believers like Jim Wallis, editor of Sojourners, and Amy Sullivan, journalist and Democratic adviser, politely maintain that Bush’s faith is strong, if misguided.
Indeed, in an 8,000-word lamentation appearing in The New York Times Magazine last weekend, Ron Suskind attempted to trace Bush’s lack of intellectual curiosity, and the policy disasters that have stemmed from that, back to his relationship with God. “That a deep Christian faith illuminated the personal journey of George W. Bush is common knowledge,” Suskind wrote. In other words, the devil, as it were, is lurking among the articles of faith, but not in the heart of the man.
This is a huge mistake, because when judged by his deeds, an entirely different picture emerges: Bush does not demonstrate a life of faith by his actions, and neither Methodists, evangelicals, nor fundamentalists can rightly call him brother. In fact, the available evidence raises serious questions about whether Bush is really a Christian at all.
Ironically for a man who once famously named Jesus as his favorite political philosopher during a campaign debate, it is remarkably difficult to pinpoint a single instance wherein Christian teaching has won out over partisan politics in the Bush White House. Though Bush easily weaves Christian language and themes into his political communication, empty religious jargon is no substitute for a bedrock faith. Even little children in Sunday school know that Jesus taught his disciples to live according to his commandments, not simply to talk about them a lot. In Bush’s case, faith without works is not just dead faith -- it’s evangelical agitprop
Richard Land directs the Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission of the conservative Southern Baptist Convention, the nation’s largest Protestant denomination and a group that enjoys a close relationship with the Bush administration. In an interview for Frontline earlier this year, Land denounced the scriptural cherry-picking on the part of contemporary American Christians. “It's only been in the last half-century when you've had the rise of groups [in] modern Christendom who believe in what I call ‘Dalmatian theology,’” he explained. “The Bible's inspired in spots, and … [t]hey think they can reject large chunks of Christian Scripture and biblical revelation that they don't agree with … .”
But while Land’s censure was probably intended for liberals, so, too, does it apply to the president. For George W. Bush does not live or govern under the complete authority of the Bible -- just the parts that work to his political advantage. And evangelical leaders like Land who blindly bless the Bush White House don’t just muddy the division of church and state; worse, they completely violate Scripture.
Jesus, after all, didn’t do politics.
[b]Read entire article on http://www.prospect.org/web/p... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| *** Bush is NO Devout Evangelical. In fact, He May NOT Be a Christian At All *** |
| 10.21.04 (11:34 am) [edit] |
Late in the summer, at the Republican national convention in New York, a movie billed as the conservative alternative to Fahrenheit 9/11 debuted for the party faithful. The film, George W. Bush: Faith in the White House, opens with a montage of a billowing American flag, a softly lit portrait of Jesus in Gethsemane, and a shot of the tawny profile of our 43rd president with his eyes gazing heavenward. Myriad times throughout the film Bush is referred to reverently as a man of faith.
Like no president in recent memory, George W. Bush wields his Christian righteousness like a flaming sword. Indeed, hundreds of news stories and nearly half a dozen books have evinced a White House that, according to BBC Washington correspondent Justin Webb, “hums to the sound of prayer.” Yet for the past four years the mainstream press has trod lightly, rarely venturing beyond the biographical to probe the depth, or sincerity, of Bush's Christian beliefs. Bush has no doubt benefited from the media’s reluctance; Newsweek, for example, in the heat of the run-up to the Iraq War, ran a cover package on the president’s faith under the headline “Bush and God” -- a story whose timing lent the war the aura of having heavenly sanction. Even lefty believers like Jim Wallis, editor of Sojourners, and Amy Sullivan, journalist and Democratic adviser, politely maintain that Bush’s faith is strong, if misguided.
Indeed, in an 8,000-word lamentation appearing in The New York Times Magazine last weekend, Ron Suskind attempted to trace Bush’s lack of intellectual curiosity, and the policy disasters that have stemmed from that, back to his relationship with God. “That a deep Christian faith illuminated the personal journey of George W. Bush is common knowledge,” Suskind wrote. In other words, the devil, as it were, is lurking among the articles of faith, but not in the heart of the man.
This is a huge mistake, because when judged by his deeds, an entirely different picture emerges: Bush does not demonstrate a life of faith by his actions, and neither Methodists, evangelicals, nor fundamentalists can rightly call him brother. In fact, the available evidence raises serious questions about whether Bush is really a Christian at all.
Ironically for a man who once famously named Jesus as his favorite political philosopher during a campaign debate, it is remarkably difficult to pinpoint a single instance wherein Christian teaching has won out over partisan politics in the Bush White House. Though Bush easily weaves Christian language and themes into his political communication, empty religious jargon is no substitute for a bedrock faith. Even little children in Sunday school know that Jesus taught his disciples to live according to his commandments, not simply to talk about them a lot. In Bush’s case, faith without works is not just dead faith -- it’s evangelical agitprop
Richard Land directs the Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission of the conservative Southern Baptist Convention, the nation’s largest Protestant denomination and a group that enjoys a close relationship with the Bush administration. In an interview for Frontline earlier this year, Land denounced the scriptural cherry-picking on the part of contemporary American Christians. “It's only been in the last half-century when you've had the rise of groups [in] modern Christendom who believe in what I call ‘Dalmatian theology,’” he explained. “The Bible's inspired in spots, and … [t]hey think they can reject large chunks of Christian Scripture and biblical revelation that they don't agree with … .”
But while Land’s censure was probably intended for liberals, so, too, does it apply to the president. For George W. Bush does not live or govern under the complete authority of the Bible -- just the parts that work to his political advantage. And evangelical leaders like Land who blindly bless the Bush White House don’t just muddy the division of church and state; worse, they completely violate Scripture.
Jesus, after all, didn’t do politics.
[b]Read entire article on http://www.prospect.org/web/p... [/b]
|
|
|
| |
| *** It Took Jon Stewart to Gun Down Crossfire *** |
| 10.20.04 (12:58 pm) [edit] |
[b]Dumb Show Earned Below-the-Belt Barb[/b]
Last Friday afternoon, when comedian Jon Stewart called CNN Crossfire co-host Tucker Carlson a body part exclusive to men, maybe half a million viewers finally saw an honest moment on this program.
Too bad. While it was not the first time ever on TV that the American media punditocracy was ripped for its failures, it was probably the most satisfying.
That's because it was live, and Stewart confronted the enemy head-on, instead of mocking it from his Daily Show perch where he anchors his celebrated "fake news" program.
No wonder more than a million people have downloaded video of the exchange. (Try onegoodmove.org or mediamatters.org.) In fact, due to traffic, some websites crashed.
But then, how often does one get to see a TV star refuse to play the TV game?
Stewart would not act like the comic "monkey" CNN obviously expected him to be when it booked him. He was supposed to be the good guest, and go through the motions of plugging the bestseller, The Daily Show With Jon Stewart Presents America (The Book): A Citizen's Guide To Democracy Inaction.
Instead, he lashed out at Crossfire's "partisan hackery," and accused the daily political screamfest of "hurting America."
Appearing in a grey V-neck and looking very serious, Stewart relentlessly went after the program, as he often does on the Daily Show. (His preferred punching bag is Carlson's conservative cohort, Robert Novak, whom Stewart calls "Douchebag for Liberty.")
Insisting that calling Crossfire a debate show is "like saying pro wrestling is a show about athletic competition," Stewart charged: "You're doing theatre, when you should be doing debate ... What you do is not honest. What you do is partisan hackery."
Stewart was making an appeal for serious political discussion, free of partisan spin, talking points, lies and deception.
"Stop, stop, stop, stop hurting America," he pleaded. "Right now, you're helping the politicians and the corporations ... You're part of their strategies."
But that didn't sit well with Carlson, who also fronts a show on PBS. He acted as if he didn't know that Stewart hosts a comedy show, not a newscast.
Indeed, Stewart doesn't mock politicians so much as he skewers the media that cover them. Carlson, on the other hand, just roasts liberals and Democrats — and he was clearly resentful that Kerry appeared on Stewart's show instead of one of his.
"You had John Kerry on your show and you sniff his throne and you're accusing us of partisan hackery?" Carlson squealed, claiming Stewart asks "suck-up" questions.
"The show that leads into me (Crank Yankers) is puppets making crank phone calls," Stewart retorted. "What is wrong with you?"
"I do think you're more fun on your show," Carlson sniffed.
"You're as big a dick on your show as you are on any show," Stewart snapped back.
Frankly, as a longtime follower of the Crossfire smackdown, a whole different down-there-in-the-underwe ar body part not exclusive to men comes to my mind while watching Carlson.
But you have to hand it to him: He is very, very good at his job of interrupting people, outshouting guests and making things up. Carlson is always more aggressive and better prepared than his squishy liberal adversaries, Paul Begala and James Carville.
(By the way, both of them are advising the Kerry-Edwards campaign while denying they are in a conflict-of-interest situation. Yeah, right. They are, just as Fox News chief Roger Ailes was when offered political advice to the White House.)
Crossfire wasn't Stewart's only target. He included other shouting head shows such as MSNBC's Hardball while tossing in a few made-up ones as well — "I'm Going to Kick Your Ass" or "Will Jump On It."
Complained Carlson: "What's it like to have dinner with you? It must be excruciating. Do you like to lecture people like this or do you come over to their house and sit and lecture them; they're not doing the right thing, that they're missing their opportunities, evading their responsibilities?"
This was probably the most telling moment in the entire exchange. It showed how threatening Stewart, who has been celebrated in recent years with countless Emmys and magazine covers, is to Carlson and his ilk.
That's not just because of his popularity, but because he won't sit at the exclusive media table where the big talking heads are. He's like the guest who comes and points out the superficiality of everyone at the party.
It's reported that, after the show, Carlson took Stewart to task for saying, at a publishing event last week, that he supports Kerry.
Accusing him of "selling out," Carlson said. "If you are a satirist or an acute social observer, and (Stewart) is, and all of a sudden you suspend disbelief on someone or suck up rather than prod or poke someone, people will look at you and say, `Even if I agree with you, I don't like it.'"
Do you think Carlson would say such a thing about, say, the formerly funny Dennis Miller, who openly supports George W. Bush on his CNBC show?
Maybe Carlson ought to watch the ads for The Daily Show that appear in the middle of Crossfire. "Four correspondents! Zero credibility!" they boast. "Even better than being informed!"
All of which could apply to Crossfire.
But the real joke? The University of Pennsylvania's National Annenberg Election Survey reports that Daily Show viewers follow the presidential campaign more closely and are more educated than the average American.
Do Tucker Carlson and his cable counterparts not understand that they make dumb shows that dumb down the electorate? - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Two Weeks to Go -- and One President to Oust *** |
| 10.20.04 (12:55 pm) [edit] |
We’re at a moment in history when progressives must work together -- not with a false kind of unity that papers over differences, but instead with a candid kind of unity that recognizes and fights for a vital common goal. Our collective task is to kick George Bush out of the White House.
The thousands of African-American women and men lining up at early-voting sites in Florida are sending a profound message across this country. After nearly four years of “Hail to the Thief,” we have a chance to oust the Bush-Cheney gang. We’re depending on each other.
An unprecedented grassroots mobilization has been gaining momentum all year. Around the United States, massive vortexes of individuals and groups -- working on behalf of organized labor, civil rights, women’s rights, the environment, gay rights, civil liberties, economic justice -- are determined to keep doing the small things that can add up to one momentous thing: the defeat of Bush. What’s going on is much more than the traditional hype that sets in every election year. This time the stakes are so huge -- the specter of another four Bush years is so horrific -- that a process of immense bottom-up power is underway.
At various times, since early this year, we’ve heard some silly rationales for staying aloof from the battle to defeat Bush. Some have said it won’t matter what progressives do, because Bush is sure to lose. Others have said it won’t matter what progressives do, because Bush is sure to win. (A few polemicists have even said one and then the other.) Wrong. Wrong. (And wrong.)
The polls are showing a dead heat between Bush-Cheney and Kerry-Edwards. What we do could make all the difference.
Nothing embodies the emerging spirit of progressive unity this fall more eloquently than the article that appeared a few days ago in the newspaper Indian Country Today under the headline “Winona LaDuke Endorsement of John Kerry for President.” LaDuke, currently program director of the national Native American environmental justice program Honor the Earth, was the Green Party vice presidential candidate in 1996 and 2000. Now she writes: “I am voting for John Kerry this November. I love this land, and I know that we need to make drastic changes in Washington if we are going to protect our land and our communities. I am committed to transforming the American democracy so that it is reflective of the diversity of this country. I believe in a multi-party system and a multi-racial democracy....”
More than a dozen swing states are on a razor’s edge. In those states, the upcoming hard work and votes of progressives could decide the presidential election.
If Bush is beaten, we can -- and must -- immediately go on to strengthen movements for peace and social justice. One of our main tasks will be to confront President Kerry from the outset with an antiwar movement strong enough to force withdrawal of all U.S. troops from Iraq and promote an evenhanded Middle East policy that respects Palestinian human rights. Then, as now, we’ll need unified progressive action to get the job done.
[b]Norman Solomon is co-author, with Reese Erlich, of “Target Iraq: What the News Media Didn’t Tell You.” His columns and other writings can be found at www.normansolomon.com.[/b] - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| *** It's Fascism Folks: Data Proves 90% of Talk Radio is Rightwing *** |
| 10.20.04 (12:53 pm) [edit] |
"A nationwide survey of talk radio indicates that nearly 90% of all political talk radio shows in America reflect conservative views, while only 10% of talk is progressive. Democracy Radio conducted the nationwide survey of local and syndicated talk shows and compiled data on the hundreds of programs, hosts and stations. The data concludes that in all of talk radio there is only 3,042 hours of airtime dedicated to progressive talk, compared to the 41,731 hours of conservative talk time per week. 'Despite the fact that a majority of all talk radio listeners are not conservative, talk radio programs that reflect conservative viewpoints continue to dominate the airwaves,' says Tom Athans. 'This means that only one political perspective is being broadcast on airwaves that are entirely owned by a very diverse American public. Democracy is undermined and Americans are wronged if only one political point of view is being expressed on the air. That simply needs to change.'"
[b]More[/b] ... http://www.radioink.com/headl...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Throw off the muzzle, Mr. Secretary *** |
| 10.19.04 (12:40 pm) [edit] |
I have a dream.
In my dream, Secretary of State Colin Powell comes out from hiding and somehow skews up the courage to serve his country in the best way possible: He resigns.
After he resigns, he talks.
Even without a book to push, he talks. He tells all. He tells how the Bush administration used him as a front man, a token, while ignoring his experience and wisdom.
In my dream, Powell -- once the most popular politician in America -- repeats his famous "Powell Doctrine."
[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| *** The Failed presidency of George W. Bush *** |
| 10.19.04 (12:37 pm) [edit] |
[b]Remarks as delivered by former Vice President Al Gore, Gaston Hall at Georgetown University, Monday, October 18, 2004
By Al Gore[/b]
Thank you. I really appreciate that enthusiastic and warm welcome. And I want to thank Eli Pariser for his generous introduction, also even more for the tremendous energy that he and his colleagues at MoveOn.org have brought to the democratic process in America. I'm really a big fan of Eli and all of those who work with him at Move On. And I want to say a special word of thanks to Gerard Alolod who is the Lecture Fund chair, and I wish to thank Georgetown University for the courtesy of allowing me to speak here, and president John DeGioia. Allow me also to express my condolences to the family of the student who had an accidental death on Friday, and condolences to the student body.
This is a great, great university. I have spoken here before, and it is always an honor, particularly to come to this magnificent hall. So, again, thank you very much. So I come, as I have said at other occasions, as a recovering politician. I'm on about step nine, and an enthusiastic welcome like that always presents the danger of a relapse, so I'm on my guard. I came here because I have made a series of speeches about the policies of the Bush-Cheney administration with regard to Iraq, the war on terror, civil liberties, the global environment, and other issues, a series that began more than two years ago with a speech at the Commonwealth Club in San Francisco, prior to the president's decision to invade Iraq.
[b]More[/b] ... http://www.smirkingchimp.com/...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Veteran Ex-Marine Sues Over Dishonest Smear in Fascist Bush-Sinclair Film *** |
| 10.19.04 (12:34 pm) [edit] |
A veteran shown in a new film critical of Senator John Kerry's anti-Vietnam War activism is suing the producer of the movie, saying it libels him by deceptively editing his statements.
The suit, filed yesterday in Philadelphia, involves the film "Stolen Honor: Wounds That Never Heal," which accuses Mr. Kerry, the Democratic nominee for president, and the antiwar group he joined of making up the accounts of wartime atrocities that Mr. Kerry later talked about in his 1971 Senate testimony. The Sinclair Broadcast Group has asked its 62 television stations to show the movie this week.
The veteran who brought the suit, Kenneth J. Campbell, is shown saying he was not at one of the massacres later discussed, and asking another veteran whether he could produce accounts of the massacre.
A lawyer for Mr. Campbell, a decorated marine who is now a professor at the University of Delaware, said the film was edited to take out footage in which Mr. Campbell made clear that only soldiers who witnessed the atrocities firsthand would be allowed to testify at the hearings, and footage in which he recounted his military superiors ordering him to kill innocent civilians.
"It edits little clips to make it look like they're just making up instances," said the lawyer, David Kairys, who said Mr. Campbell was not connected with the Kerry campaign.
The film's producer, Carlton A. Sherwood, said in a statement that the complaint was "completely baseless." He said Mr. Campbell was not identified by name in the film.
Lawyers for Mr. Campbell sent letters to Sinclair and to a theater near Philadelphia that was planning to show the film on Tuesday, warning them that the film was defamatory. The theater canceled the showing, citing "pending litigation."
Meanwhile, Jonathan Lieberman, the Washington bureau chief for Sinclair's news division, told CNN last night that he had been fired for publicly objecting to the decision to present the film as news, not commentary, and to run it so close to the election. - http://www.nytimes.com/2004/1...+FqKxrPYqgtwKRQ
|
|
|
| |
| *** The World Continues to Back Kerry *** |
| 10.19.04 (12:25 pm) [edit] |
Millions of Americans are scratching their heads over how to vote on November 2 after the last of the three televised presidential debates left George Bush and John Kerry neck and neck over jobs, education, health care and taxes, with little mention of Iraq or 9/11. But the rest of the world, according to a poll we and several other newspapers publish today, has already made up its mind, backing the Democratic challenger by a margin of two to one.
Any sample, of course, is just a sample, but this survey of public opinion in 10 countries does include the US's two immediate neighbours, Canada and Mexico, as well as Israel and Russia, Washington's close allies in the "war on terror", and Britain, still its most loyal transatlantic friend, despite widespread criticism of Tony Blair. Unfortunately, Muslim countries are absent, though their inclusion would have made even gloomier reading for the White House. A recent Pew Research Centre poll, for example, showed just 7% of Pakistanis approve of Mr Bush, while 65% have a favourable opinion of Osama bin Laden.
These findings - likely to achieve a high degree of exposure because they are media-driven - confirm previous polls in underlining the degree of global hostility to President Bush and the Iraq war. Some 74% of Germans, according to GlobeScan, want to see Mr Kerry win the election. A June poll conducted by the German Marshall Fund found that 76% of respondents in nine European countries disapproved of Mr Bush's handling of international affairs, up significantly from a survey in 2002. It also found that 80% of Europeans polled - compared with half of Americans - said Iraq was not worth the human and financial cost. In Europe, only Poles would rather see Mr Bush back in the Oval office. Elsewhere in "new Europe" there is a distinctly "old European" wish to see the Massachusetts senator win. Further afield, Israelis are the only people to back the incumbent and to see American democracy as a model for other countries. Similarly positive views in Russia appear to reflect the hardline US view on Chechen terrorism: the survey was carried out in the aftermath of the Beslan school massacre.
Against this bleak background, the good news is that there is a clear distinction between anti-Americanism and criticism of US policies. No less than 68% of all those polled - with the French, Mr Kerry's most fervent backers, scoring a surprising above-average 72% - have a favourable view of Americans but are implacably opposed to the US government. Opinions of the US have worsened for 57% over the past three years.
Strikingly, though, political differences may now be casting shadows in other areas. Young Britons, avid consumers of Big Macs, Starbucks and Friends, are now hostile to American culture on a scale traditionally associated with the French. Canada, Mexico and South Korea feel even more threatened. It is common ground that Iraq and the Guantánamo Bay and Abu Ghraib scandals have eroded the sympathy generated by the 2001 terrorist attacks. Encouragingly for whoever does win, 90% believe it is important to maintain good relations with the US. The danger is, perhaps, of expecting too much from a Kerry victory.
Mr Bush may well wish to exploit this hostility, against a rival he has portrayed as caring too much for allies and not enough for America. Clearly, if the world had a vote, the result on November 2 would not be in doubt. The president is unlikely to be surprised that the Guardian, Asahi Shimbun, Le Monde or El Pais believe that Iraq is a "deadly and highly questionable war". That though, is the view of the Lone Star Iconoclast, published in his home town of Crawford, Texas. It matters a lot what others think about the US. But it is only Americans who can choose their own leader. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| *** TAKE ACTION NOW!!! *** |
| 10.18.04 (10:43 am) [edit] |
[b]Stop Sinclair
Take Action Now![/b]
Sinclair Broadcasting, the largest owner of local television stations in the US, ordered its 62 stations to preempt regular programming to air an anti-Kerry documentary just a few days before the election.
Sinclair's mission is clear: sway the election in favor of an administration that lets companies like Sinclair get even bigger. It's great for Sinclair's bottom line — terrible for our democracy.
This is not about 'liberal' or 'conservative.' It's about corruption, the threat to democratic discourse, and the manipulation of elections. Together, we can stop them.
[b]TAKE ACTION NOW [/b]... http://www.freepress.net/sinc...
|
|
|
| |
| *** IMPEACH BUSH/CHENEY: A Nice Little War to Fill Halliburton's Coffers |
| 10.18.04 (10:41 am) [edit] |
President Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney are correct when they say things are not all bad in Iraq. It just depends on your perspective. Although the military campaign is in chaos, the economic campaign is moving along quite nicely, at least for U.S. corporations and the Republican Party.
Halliburton, far and away the largest recipient of Iraq reconstruction dollars with about $18 billion in contracts, has seen revenues increase by 80% in the first quarter of 2004 compared with the same quarter of 2003, according to the Financial Times. These revenues reflect "steep profits from their Iraq operations."
Next in line is the Bechtel Group of San Francisco, with nearly $3 billion in Iraq reconstruction contracts. In fact, revenues generated outside the United States have increased by 158% since 2003 for Bechtel — turning around a three-year slump in that category. San Ramon-based ChevronTexaco has a contract to market Iraqi oil. Its profits have increased 90% during the first half of 2004 compared with the same period in 2003, for a total increase of more than $3 billion.
And then there's Lockheed Martin, which hasn't even had to risk operating in Iraq to earn its war booty. In 2004, Lockheed's shares have more than tripled in value since their low in early 2000. A Lockheed spokesman told the New York Times that the company's success since 2000 came from the "changed geopolitical landscape."
Helping to boost these bottom lines are rules put into place by L. Paul Bremer III, the head of the Bush administration's now defunct Coalition Provisional Authority in Iraq. Among them are "orders" that ensure that none of the profits made by contractors have to be reinvested in the fledging Iraqi economy or in helping with reconstruction. Instead, every last penny can be sent back to the United States. The orders also make it difficult, come January, for an elected Iraqi government to overturn such rules.
Not surprisingly, some of the profits generated by the war in Iraq appear to be making their way into Republican Party coffers. According to the nonpartisan Center for Responsive Politics, each of these corporations is among the leaders in its industry in 2003-2004 election-cycle contributions, with most of the donations going to Republicans. Halliburton funneled 85% of its $165,949 in contributions to Republicans. ChevronTexaco donated 83% of $367,731 in political contributions to Republicans. Lockheed, whose contribution total of $1,397,132 is more than the contributions of the other three corporations combined, gave 59% to Republicans, and Bechtel, 53% of $199,847.
And there's more largess to come from Bush's remaking of Iraq's economy. Bremer's Order No. 39 allows for the privatization of Iraq's 200-plus state-owned enterprises. Although full privatization hasn't happened yet, the process is moving forward.
For example, Bechtel's contracts include the rehabilitation of Iraq's water and sewer systems. Bechtel also is one of the world's top 10 private water companies, with interests in more than 200 water and wastewater treatment plants worldwide. Last month, the Baghdad Water Authority announced plans to distribute questionnaires to discern its customers' willingness to pay for their utilities. In April, Iraq's minister of public works told the Independent that Iraq was considering privatizing its water industry to "fund essential works."
Moreover, a December symposium on business opportunities in Iraq — with the U.S. government among its sponsors — specifically targets "privatization specialists." But if all this adds up to good news from the Bush administration's standpoint, from a different perspective the economic campaign seems just as off kilter as the military campaign.
For example, the U.S. Agency for International Development (which oversees Bechtel's contracts in Iraq) has found that "water meant for consumption is pumped through the system largely untreated while raw waste flows untreated directly into city streets, rivers or marshlands. Many rural communities are not connected to main water or sewer lines, have no access to potable water and suffer from health problems related to poor sewage disposal." When they were asked recently, 44% of Iraqis said U.S. forces were not trying "at all" to restore basic services, and 41% said they were trying "only a little."
And that takes us back to the good news/bad news equation. U.S. corporate bank accounts and Republican coffers are indeed filling up. But for Iraqis — and U.S. taxpayers, who are footing the bill — the glass isn't just half empty, it's bone dry. - http://www.latimes.com/news/o...,1,4564848.story?coll=la-news-commen t-opinions
|
|
|
| |
| *** TAKE OUR AIRWAYS BACK by Howard Dean |
| 10.18.04 (10:40 am) [edit] |
Last week, communications giant Sinclair Broadcasting announced that they would require all 62 of their television affiliates to pre-empt regularly scheduled programs and air a film that casts Sen. John Kerry in a very unfavorable and false light. Many of these stations, affiliates of ABC, CBS, NBC and UPN, are in battleground states like Florida, Ohio, Wisconsin, Iowa and Michigan. This essentially becomes free advertising for the Bush-Cheney campaign in some very important and influential states during this election season. This is not the first time Sinclair Broadcasting stations were required to do something that advanced the right-wing agenda. Last spring, Sinclair refused to allow any of its ABC affiliates to carry a Nightline episode that honored soldiers who had been killed in Iraq. The episode was a way to memorialize and remember the soldiers that gave their lives fighting for our country. But at the time, the executives at Sinclair Broadcasting unilaterally decided that the program "appears to be motivated by a political agenda designed to undermine the efforts of the United States in Iraq".
This election cycle, executives of Sinclair Broadcasting have contributed tens of thousands of dollars in political contributions, 97 percent of which have gone to Republican candidates. Their vice president for corporate relations and their spokesperson, Mark Hyman, is also a conservative commentator for Sinclair Broadcasting. Every day a one-to-two minute report by Hyman is distributed to stations that promotes the agenda of the Republican Party.
Incidents like this are not good for America. Today the Democratic candidate for president is victimized. In the future, it may be a Republican.
Federal Communications Commissioner Michael J. Copps recently said, "This is an abuse of the public trust. And it is proof positive of media consolidation run amok when one owner can use the public airwaves to blanket the country with its political ideology -- whether liberal or conservative. . . .Sinclair and the FCC are taking us down a dangerous road."
Kowtowing to large corporations, like Sinclair Broadcasting, is President Bush's specialty. And, behavior like this will only continue to grow by other media conglomerates if President Bush is re-elected. He is clearly more interested in doing the bidding of big corporations than he is in jobs and health care for ordinary Americans.
The media needs to be re-regulated and corporate ownership of media outlets needs to be limited in favor of independent and local family ownerships. But, we can make a difference today. If you live in a city with a Sinclair Broadcasting station, I encourage you to consider calling companies that advertise on that station. This is already working in some cities, like Madison, Wis. - a restaurant that was advertising on the local Sinclair Broadcasting station received numerous complaints and decided to pull their advertising.
Since the public owns the airways, Sinclair Broadcasting and other big corporations ought to be required to act in a way which supports democracy, not attacks it. Sinclair Broadcasting has violated the fundamental responsibilities they are accountable for in a democratic society. If the president will not do his job to rein in corporate power, we will have to stand up for American democracy ourselves. - http://www.commondreams.org/v...
|
|
|
| |
| *** Tens of Thousands Throng London To Protest Iraq War (PHOTOS) ... |
| 10.18.04 (10:35 am) [edit] |
LONDON - Tens of thousands of demonstrators took to the streets of central London to protest against the Iraq war as Prime Minister Tony Blair struggled to shake-off fierce criticism of the invasion back home.
 [i]Some of the tens of thousands of demonstrators took to the streets of central London to protest against the Iraq war as Prime Minister Tony Blair struggled to shake-off fierce criticism of the invasion back home. (AFP/Carl De Souza)[/i]
Organisers said that between 65,000 and 75,000 protesters had taken to the streets for the peaceful march, which began at Russell Square, close to the British museum. Police put the figure at between 15,000 and 20,000.
Protesters from around the world clutched banners and blew whistles as they marched towards Trafalgar Square, where a mass rally was taking place.
"Troops out," screamed one of many placards being waved by protesters.
"Blair must go," said another.
Sunday's march was the latest in a series of demonstrations organised by the Stop The War Coalition http://www.stopwar.org.uk/ before and after the US-led invasion of Iraq in March 2003 that was backed by Britain.
The march was arranged Sunday to coincide with the end to the three-day European Social Forum held in London. It comes also after a stormy week for Blair, who was accused in parliament last Wednesday of misrepresenting intelligence on Iraq to make the case for war.
"I am against the war and capitalism," one demonstrator, going by the name of Charkoo, told AFP. "I want to show we are willing to fight against the war," added the 31-year-student from South Korea.
The brother of Kenneth Bigley, the British hostage recently executed by his captors in Iraq, had urged people to turn out in force for Sunday's march.
"For Ken's sake and for the sake of everyone in Iraq I ask you to make your feelings known to our government, to protest and to join the demonstration," Paul Bigley was quoted as saying by the Press Association, Britain's domestic news agency.
 [i]Anti-war protesters pull a sculptures through the streets of London, Sunday Oct, 17, 2004, as thousands of anti-war and anti-globalization activists marched through central London, to protest the U.S.-led coalition's presence in Iraq. The march to Trafalgar Square marked the culmination of the third European Social Forum - three days of speeches, workshops and debates largely dominated by Iraq and the U.S. presidential election. (AP Photo/John D McHugh)[/i]
Activists and campaigners were to be entertained later with a free concert in Trafalgar Square.
Sunday's demonstration came after 25,000 protesters marched through London in March on the first anniversary of the Iraq invasion.
On that occasion, two demonstrators scaled Big Ben, the landmark clocktower of the Houses of Parliament, at dawn and unfurled a banner that read: "Time for the truth."
Last November, up to 200,000 people protested in Trafalgar Square when US President George W. Bush was in London for a state visit. Ahead of the Iraq war in February 2003, police estimated that one million people descended on the capital to protest the looming invasion, while organisers said the figure was nearer two million.
Sunday's protest came just days after Blair apologized to parliament for flawed intelligence on Iraq. But Blair, gearing up for a general election expected next year, angrily denied charges he "misrepresented" it to make the case for joining the US-led invasion last year.
The march took place also amid speculation that Britain was to agree to a US request to redeploy its troops in Iraq. A defence ministry spokesman said Defence Secretary Geoff Hoon would brief parliament Monday following reports.
"He plans to make a statement to the House (of Commons) tomorrow. What he is going to be saying is 'we have been approached by the Americans to deploy British troops in their area of operations'.
"He will also be stressing that no decision has been made and that we continue to consider their request and will do so on its individual merits. He won't be naming units, he won't be giving you a start date or anything like that," the spokesman said.
Reports in Britain have said British troops based in the relatively calm south of Iraq could be redeployed under US command near strife-torn Baghdad.
But the ministry of defence spokesman ruled this out.
"If the troops do go they won't be going to Baghdad or Fallujah," the spokesman told AFP.
Sunday's anti-war rally was meanwhile organised to coincide with the final day of the third annual European Social Forum here, which has seen thousands of activists from around the world defend the rights of workers and minorities, promote efforts to protect the environment and protest against the war in Iraq. - http://www.commondreams.org/h...
|
|
|
| |
| Blame True Patriotic Americans First Neo-Fascists!!! |
| 10.17.04 (1:17 pm) [edit] |
[b]'Dissent is the highest form of patriotism' said Thomas Jefferson. The Founding Fathers did not intend to create a nation of brain-dead sheeple who follow fascist dictators trampling on our freedoms! They intended for us to speak out! It is those who follow the Bush/Cheney Fascist Party blindly who are traitors-- Those who condemn Bush's illegal and immoral war and his economic rape of America are the true Patriotic Americans![/b]
[u][b]The Brownshirting of America[/b][/u]
James Bovard, the great libertarian champion of our freedom and civil liberties, recently shared with readers his mail from Bush supporters. For starters, here are some of the salutations: "communist bastard," "a**hole," "a piece of trash, scum of the earth." It goes downhill from there.
Bush's supporters demand lockstep consensus that Bush is right. They regard truthful reports that Saddam Hussein had no weapons of mass destruction and was not involved in the Sept. 11 attack on the U.S. – truths now firmly established by the Bush administration's own reports – as treasonous America-bashing.
Bovard is interpreted as throwing cold water on the feel-good, macho, Muslim butt-kicking that Bush's invasion of Iraq has come to symbolize for his supporters. "People like you and Michael Moore," one irate reader wrote, "is [sic] what brings down our country."
I have received similar responses from conservatives, as, no doubt, have a number of other writers who object to a domestic police state at war with the world.
In language reeking with hatred, the Heritage Foundation's TownHall.com readers impolitely informed me that opposing the invasion of Iraq is identical to opposing America, that Bush is the greatest American leader in history and everyone who disagrees with him should be shot before they cause America to lose another war. TownHall's readers were sufficiently frightening to convince the Heritage Foundation to stop posting my columns.
Bush's conservative supporters want no debate. They want no facts, no analysis. They want to denounce and demonize the enemies that the Hannitys, Limbaughs, and Savages of talk radio assure them are everywhere at work destroying their great and noble country.
I remember when conservatives favored restraint in foreign policy and wished to limit government power in order to protect civil liberties. Today's young conservatives are Jacobins determined to use government power to impose their will at home and abroad.
Where did such "conservatives" come from?
Claes Ryn in his important book, America the Virtuous, explains the intellectual evolution of the neoconservatives who lead the Bush administration. For all their defects, however, neocons are thoughtful compared to the world of talk radio, whose inhabitants are trained to shout down everyone else. Whence came the brownshirt movement that slavishly adheres to the neocons' agenda?
Three recent books address this question. Thomas Frank, in What's the Matter With Kansas?, locates the movement in legitimate conservative resentments of people who feel that family, religious, and patriotic values are given short shrift by elitist liberals.
These resentments festered and multiplied as offshore production, jobs outsourcing, and immigration took a toll on careers and the American dream.
An audience was waiting for right-wing talk radio, which found its stride during the Clinton years. Clinton's evasions made it easy to fall in with show hosts, who spun conspiracies and fabricated a false consciousness for listeners who became increasingly angry.
Show hosts, who advertise themselves as truth-tellers in a no-spin zone, quickly figured out that success depends upon constantly confronting listeners with bogeymen to be exposed and denounced: war protesters and America-bashers, the French, marrying homosexuals, the liberal media, turncoats, Democrats, and the ACLU.
Talk radio's "news stories" do not need to be true. Their importance lies in inflaming resentments and confirming that America's implacable enemies are working resolutely to destroy us.
David Brock's The Republican Noise Machine lacks the insights of Thomas Frank's book, but it provides a gossipy history of the right-wing takeover of the U.S. media. Brock is unfair to some people, myself included, and mischaracterizes as right wing some media personalities who are under right-wing attack.
Brock is as blindly committed to his causes as the right-wing zealots he exposes are to theirs. Unlike Frank, he cannot acknowledge that the right wing has legitimate issues.
Nevertheless, Brock makes a credible case that today's conservatives are driven by ideology, not by fact. He argues that their stock in trade is denunciation, not debate. Conservatives don't assess opponents' arguments, they demonize opponents. Truth and falsity are out of the picture; the criteria are: who's good, who's evil, who's patriotic, who's unpatriotic.
These are the traits of brownshirts. Brownshirts know they are right. They know their opponents are wrong and regard them as enemies who must be silenced if not exterminated.
Some of Brock's quotes from prominent conservative commentators will curl your toes. His description of the right wing's destruction of an independent media and the "Fairness Doctrine" explain why a recent CNN/Gallup poll found that 42% of Americans still believe that Saddam Hussein was involved in the Sept. 11 terrorist attack on the U.S. and 32% believe that Saddam Hussein personally planned the attack.
A country in which 42% of the population is totally misinformed is not a country where democracy is safe.
Today there is no one to correct a lie once it is told. The media, thanks to Republicans, has been concentrated in few hands, and they are not the hands of newsmen. Corporate values rule. If lies sell, sell them. If listeners, viewers, and readers want confirmation of their resentments and beliefs, give it to them. Objectivity turns listeners off and is a money loser.
In his book, Cruel and Unusual, Mark Crispin Miller, professor of media studies at New York University, explains how right-wing influence has moved the media away from reporting news to designing our consciousness. "The Age of Information," Miller writes, "has turned out to be an Age of Ignorance."
Miller makes a strong case. His description of how CNN and Fox News destroyed the credibility of Scott Ritter, the leading expert on Iraq's weapons, reveals a media completely given over to propaganda. Ritter stood in the way of the neocons' invasion of Iraq.
CNN's Miles O'Brien, Eason Jordan, Catherine Callaway, Paula Zahn, Kyra Phillips, Arthel Neville, and Fox News' David Asman and John Gibson portrayed Ritter as a disloyal American, a Ba'athist stooge on the take from Saddam Hussein, and compared him to Jane Fonda in North Vietnam.
With this, the right-wing talk radio crazies were off and running. Anyone with the slightest bit of real information about the state of weapons development in Iraq was dismissed as a foreign agent who should be shot for treason.
By substituting fiction for reality, the U.S. media took the country to war. The CNN and Fox News "journalists" are as responsible for America's ill-fated invasion of Iraq as Cheney and Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz and Perle.
With a sizable percentage of the U.S. population now addicted to daily confirmations of their resentments and hatreds, U.S. policy will be increasingly driven by tightly made-up minds in pursuit of unrealistic agendas.
American troops are in Iraq on false pretenses. No one knows all the fateful consequences of this mistaken adventure. Bush's reelection would be seen as a vindication of aggression, and more aggression would likely follow. A continuing expenditure of blood, money, alliances, good will, and civil liberties is not a future to which to look forward.
[b]Dr. Roberts served as assistant secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan administration. During the Cold War era, he was a member of the Committee on the Present Danger. He is a former associate editor and columnist for the Wall Street Journal editorial page and a former contributing editor for National Review. In 1986-87 he assisted the French government's privatization of socialized firms and was awarded the Legion of Honor[/b]. - http://www.antiwar.com/robert...
|
|
|
| |
| NEW POLL: U.S. Troops, Military Families Question Bush's Reckless Iraq Debacle |
| 10.17.04 (12:40 pm) [edit] |
[b]Most surveyed say Bush sent too few troops; relied too much on Guard[/b]
[b]WASHINGTON (AP) -- Members of the military and their families say the Bush administration underestimated the number of troops needed in Iraq and put too much pressure on inadequately trained National Guard and reserve forces, according to a poll released Saturday[/b].
The National Annenberg Election Survey questioned active duty troops in the regular military and the National Guard and Reserves, as well as family members of active duty members.
Family members were more critical of the administration's Iraq policy than those on active duty.
The poll found that 62 percent in the military sample -- 58 percent of troops and 66 percent of family members -- said the administration underestimated the number of troops that would be needed to establish peace in Iraq. (Part 1 of the Annenberg survey results)
And 59 percent -- 56 percent of troops and 64 percent of family members -- said too much of a burden has been put on the National Guard and the reserves when regular forces should have been expanded instead.
This critical view comes from a military group that has a more favorable view of President Bush, Iraq, the economy and the nation's direction than Americans in general.
A slight majority of the military and families, 51 percent, said showing photos of flag-draped coffins being returned to Dover Air Force Base in Delaware would increase respect for the troops.
That broke down to 47 percent of troops and 56 percent of family members. Less than 10 percent of the sample said it would decrease respect for the troops.
The Pentagon has refused to release government photos of the coffins, saying it has begun enforcing a policy installed in 1991 intended to respect the privacy of the families of the dead soldiers. - http://edition.cnn.com/2004/A...
|
|
|
| |
| BUSH PIGS Want To Delay "Vote Counting" & Throw It Back to Supreme Court Fascists!!! |
| 10.17.04 (12:37 pm) [edit] |
[b]Bush Lawyer Anticipates Delay in Tally (Yeah, I'll Bet! These Fascist Pigs Want to Hijack Our Nation Again! Are We Going To Allow Another Illegal Banana Republican Coup d'Etat? NO! NO! NO!)[/b]
President Bush's top campaign lawyer said yesterday that the winner of next month's presidential vote may not be known for "days or weeks" after Election Day if the contest is close.
Experts predict that a large number of absentee ballots will be cast, which could take time to count. For the first time nationwide, voters whose names do not appear on the rolls will be allowed to cast "provisional ballots," which will be counted only after a post-Election Day review determines their eligibility.
Tom Josefiak, the Bush-Cheney campaign's general counsel, said he worries that the uncertainty caused by potential delays could undermine confidence in the outcome. "If it's a close election in any one state, it may be days or weeks before we know who actually is the winner," he said. "I hope that doesn't happen.
Josefiak's comments came as most national polls show Bush and Democrat John F. Kerry in a dead heat. Four years ago, a similarly close race between Bush and Vice President Al Gore deadlocked in Florida and produced a 36-day whirlwind of lawsuits as Democrats sought to recount votes and Republicans pushed to stop while Bush was ahead.
Democratic National Committee spokeswoman Jenny Backus denounced Josefiak's comment. "It seems like the Republicans want people to somehow think that the results they see on election night aren't accurate, which is a far cry from where they were in 2000," she said. "Maybe they think they're going to be behind."
During a conference call with reporters, Josefiak and Bush-Cheney campaign manager Ken Mehlman said that the Democratic legal strategy to keep third-party presidential candidate Ralph Nader off the ballot is aimed at disenfranchising overseas military voters, who may be more inclined to vote for Bush.
Mehlman charged that "in target states . . . Democrats, led by the Kerry campaign, have waited until the last minute" to file lawsuits to keep Nader off the ballot. "The effect of this litigation has been to prevent state and local elections officials from printing and mailing ballots overseas," he said. Mehlman noted that in 2000 Democrats fought to disqualify overseas military ballots in Florida.
Bob Bauer, the DNC's national counsel for voter protection, called Mehlman's charge against the Kerry campaign a "shameful accusation that is utterly without merit."
Mehlman pointed to Pennsylvania as a case study, but Bauer said the court there threw Nader off the ballot for good reason, citing thousands of fraudulent signatures including those of cartoon characters Mickey Mouse and Fred Flintstone.
"Nobody is conspiring against any class of voters by seeking to have the law upheld," Bauer said. "And to the extent there are issues around this Nader effort, the Republicans and their henchmen who funded the effort to get him on the ballot bear the responsibility." - http://www.washingtonpost.com...
|
|
|
| |
| IMPEACH BUSH/CHENEY: A Nice Little War to Fill Halliburton's Coffers |
| 10.17.04 (12:30 pm) [edit] |
President Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney are correct when they say things are not all bad in Iraq. It just depends on your perspective. Although the military campaign is in chaos, the economic campaign is moving along quite nicely, at least for U.S. corporations and the Republican Party.
Halliburton, far and away the largest recipient of Iraq reconstruction dollars with about $18 billion in contracts, has seen revenues increase by 80% in the first quarter of 2004 compared with the same quarter of 2003, according to the Financial Times. These revenues reflect "steep profits from their Iraq operations."
Next in line is the Bechtel Group of San Francisco, with nearly $3 billion in Iraq reconstruction contracts. In fact, revenues generated outside the United States have increased by 158% since 2003 for Bechtel — turning around a three-year slump in that category. San Ramon-based ChevronTexaco has a contract to market Iraqi oil. Its profits have increased 90% during the first half of 2004 compared with the same period in 2003, for a total increase of more than $3 billion.
And then there's Lockheed Martin, which hasn't even had to risk operating in Iraq to earn its war booty. In 2004, Lockheed's shares have more than tripled in value since their low in early 2000. A Lockheed spokesman told the New York Times that the company's success since 2000 came from the "changed geopolitical landscape."
Helping to boost these bottom lines are rules put into place by L. Paul Bremer III, the head of the Bush administration's now defunct Coalition Provisional Authority in Iraq. Among them are "orders" that ensure that none of the profits made by contractors have to be reinvested in the fledging Iraqi economy or in helping with reconstruction. Instead, every last penny can be sent back to the United States. The orders also make it difficult, come January, for an elected Iraqi government to overturn such rules.
Not surprisingly, some of the profits g | |